Amalgamated Financial
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

FINANCIAL CORP. 2021Annual Report base of talented lenders in core areas such as commercial real estate, commercial solar, Property Assessed Clean Energy (PACE), sustainability project finance, and community-based lending to complement our industry-leading deposit gathering franchise. I believe the building blocks are in place for sustained profitable growth in 2022 and future years. As I look back on 2021, we also continued to live up to our vision to positively impact climate change. We joined the Net-Zero Banking Alliance, convened by the United Nations, and committed to align emissions and sustainability, with pathways to net-zero by 2045. Amalgamated was the first U.S. Bank to have our greenhouse gas emission reduction targets approved by the Science Based Targets Initiative, and we named a climate policy expert as our Chief Sustainability Officer to lead the work and deliver on our ambitious targets. To further reflect our values and meet growing demand from investors, we launched a suite of Environmental, Social, and Governance themed investment products, which we call ResponsiFunds. We continued to raise our voice to advocate for fair and just public policies, including voters’ rights and safety, fair employment practices for new parents, and the elimination of gender discrimination in the workplace. That said, we know government policy alone doesn’t go far enough — amplifying the need for our leadership in the private sector. We have expanded our capacity to work with community groups, community development financial institutions (CDFIs) and other experts to grow community development loans and intermediary finance investments. The Amalgamated Charitable Foundation challenges business as usual in philanthropy, with nimble tools and systems to organize individual and collective action, driven by a commitment to shepherd precious resources to the frontlines of social change. 2021 marked a milestone as the Foundation distributed over $100 million in grants to over 2,000 organizations. Our grantmaking was aligned with other donors which enabled us to deploy more resources directly to the field in areas where they were needed most. We look forward to many exciting opportunities in 2022, including expected growth in our political business. In terms of challenges, we find ourselves at a promising juncture. Amalgamated was the first financial institution in the U.S. to embrace the concept of socially responsible banking and we have never wavered from our century-long mission of empowering organizations and individuals to advance positive social change. Today, investors and customers show heightened attention to Environmental, Social, and Governance performance. The world is catching up to us in this regard, with more companies and organizations seeking socially responsible ways to grow their businesses. The future of Amalgamated Bank is bright as we continue to grow our business and, ultimately, have a broader impact on the entire financial service sector. Thank you for your confidence in Amalgamated Bank and your continued engagement as we deliver results for our shareholders, customers, employees, and communities. Dear Shareholders, Customers and Colleagues, Last year was an extraordinary one for Amalgamated Bank and served as a clear reminder of the role banks can play in society by helping clients manage through challenges that were exacerbated by the intersections of economic inequality, climate change, attacks on democracy, and market uncertainty. I am incredibly proud of the direct support Amalgamated Bank and its employees gave our communities and country through client service and active advocacy alongside our U.S. customers and global partners. Sustainable and profitable growth is the key to increasing the influence of our voice on the most important issues of our days. For 2021, Amalgamated was able to improve its overall net income year-over-year and our financial trajectory aimed upward, with net interest income rising sequentially for all four quarters. These increases were substantial in the third and fourth quarters. We spent the second half of last year fine-tuning our lending business and have established momentum. In the fourth quarter, we saw substantial net loan growth for the first time since mid-2020. The executive team that steers our momentum is comprised primarily of leaders who were either in place or promoted from within, ensuring continuity during my transition to CEO. We also repositioned some of our existing talent in 2021, allowing them to use their valuable expertise across our offices in New York City, Boston, the District of Columbia, and San Francisco. We are building on our expertise in Community Development Financial Institutions and the not-for-profit and social advocacy segments, which present large market opportunities for Amalgamated Bank. We are increasingly focused on entering and gaining market share in these new, sustainable growth markets, which are less subject to economic or cyclical factors. I am proud to say that Amalgamated Bank’s leadership delivered on the strategy we outlined in the third quarter by focusing on mission, customer needs, profitability, and efficiency as the core pillars of our growth. These pillars are supported and embraced by our highly engaged and valued employees. They are the ones who serve our customers, adhere to our strict values and risk disciplines, and deliver measurable results. With a direct focus on lending origination, we grew our Priscilla Sims Brown President & CEO UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ☐ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-40136 Amalgamated Financial Corp. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 85-2757101 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 275 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) (212) 255-6200 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share Trading Symbol(s) AMAL Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Global Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b–2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☒ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non‑affiliates was approximately $225,300,573 based on the closing sale price of $15.63 per share on June 30, 2021. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and named executive officers of the registrant, Workers United and The Yucaipa Companies, LLC have been deemed affiliates. As of March 11, 2022, the registrant had 31,115,103 shares of common stock outstanding at $0.01 par value per share. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates. TABLE OF CONTENTS Part I. EXPLANATORY NOTE CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Part II. Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities [Reserved] Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8. Item 9. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspection Part III. Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Part IV. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence Principal Accounting Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Signatures. 1 1 3 33 49 49 49 49 50 52 52 78 80 133 133 133 133 134 134 134 134 134 135 139 [This page intentionally left blank] Part I EXPLANATORY NOTE On March 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation (the “Company”) acquired all of the outstanding stock of Amalgamated Bank, a New York state-chartered bank (the “Bank”), in a statutory share exchange transaction (the “Reorganization”) effected under New York law and in accordance with the terms of a Plan of Acquisition dated September 4, 2020 (the “Agreement”). Pursuant to the Reorganization, the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the Company, the Company became the holding company for the Bank and the stockholders of the Bank became stockholders of the Company. Before the Effective Date, the Bank’s Class A common stock was registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and the Bank was subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with Section 12(i) thereof, filed quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of the Effective Date, pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Exchange Act, the Company is the successor registrant to the Bank, the Company’s common stock is deemed to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and files reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In this report, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the Company and the Bank. However, if the discussion relates to a period before the Effective Date, the terms refer only to the Bank. CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Statements included in this report that are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Exchange Act. The words “may,” “approximately,” “will,” “anticipate,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “possible,” and “intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements related to our projected growth, anticipated future financial performance, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on results of operations and financial condition from expected developments or events, or business and growth strategies, including anticipated internal growth. These forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • our ability to maintain our reputation; our ability to attract customers based on shared values or mission alignment; inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates we make and policies that we implement in establishing our allowance for loan losses, including future changes in the allowance for loan losses resulting from the future adoption and implementation of the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) methodology; potential deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in loan losses, provisions for those losses that exceed our current allowance for loan losses and higher loan charge-offs; time and effort necessary to resolve nonperforming assets; any matter that could cause us to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets; limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends; the availability of and access to capital, and our ability to allocate capital prudently, effectively and profitably; restrictions or conditions imposed by our regulators on our operations or the operations of banks we acquire may make it more difficult for us to achieve our goals; legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in tax laws, accounting standards and compliance requirements, whether of general applicability or specific to us and our subsidiaries; the costs, effects and outcomes of litigation, regulatory proceedings, examinations, investigations, or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto; our ability to attract and retain key personnel considering, among other things, competition for experienced employees and executives in the banking industry; adverse effects of failures by our vendors to provide agreed upon services in the manner and at the cost agreed, particularly our information technology vendors and those vendors performing a service on our behalf; 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • cybersecurity risks and the vulnerability of our network and online banking portals, and the systems of parties with whom we contract, to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches that could adversely affect or disrupt our business and financial performance or reputation; the continuing impact of COVID-19 and its variants, on our business, including the impact of the actions taken by governmental authorities to try and contain the virus or address the impact of the virus on the United States economy and the resulting effect of these items on our operations, liquidity and capital position, and on the financial condition of our borrowers and other customers; the composition of our loan portfolio, including any concentration in industries or sectors that may experience unanticipated or anticipated adverse conditions greater than other industries or sectors in the national or local economies in which we operate; general economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, which could result in, among other things, fluctuations in the values of our assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures, a deterioration in credit quality, a reduction in demand for credit, and a decline in real estate values; the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in our market areas, including the effects of the enactment of or changes to rent-control and other similar regulations on multi-family housing; continuation of historically low interest rates may reduce net interest margins and/or the volumes or values of the loans made or held as well as the value of other financial assets; our lack of geographic diversification and any unanticipated or greater than anticipated adverse conditions (including the possibility of earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters) affecting the markets in which we operate; economic, governmental or other factors may affect the projected population, residential and commercial growth in the markets in which we operate; war or terrorist activities causing further deterioration in the economy or causing instability in credit markets; our ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of such growth; competitive pressures among depository and other financial institutions, including non-bank financial technology providers, and our ability to attract customers from other financial institutions; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from our withdrawal of the regulatory applications to merge with Amalgamated Investments Company (“AIC”) and Amalgamated Bank of Chicago (“ABOC”); the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us in connection with the merger agreement with AIC and ABOC, the withdrawal of the merger applications and our inability to proceed with the merger; the adverse effects of events beyond our control that may have a destabilizing effect on financial markets and the economy, such as epidemics and pandemics, war or terrorist activities, essential utility outages, deterioration in the global economy, instability in the credit markets, disruptions in our customers’ supply chains or disruption in transportation; and descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing. All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from expectations, and, therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included elsewhere in this report. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for a description of some of the important factors that may affect actual outcomes. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, unless required to do so under the federal securities laws. 2 Item 1. Business General Overview Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation (the "Company"), was formed on August 25, 2020 to serve as the holding company for Amalgamated Bank and is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. On March 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Amalgamated Bank, a New York state-chartered commercial bank in a statutory share exchange transaction (the “Reorganization”) effected under New York law and in accordance with the terms of a Plan of Acquisition dated September 4, 2020 (the “Agreement”). Pursuant to the Reorganization, the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the Company, the Company became the holding company for the Bank and the stockholders of the Bank became stockholders of the Company. The Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. Although we are no longer majority union-owned, the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America’s successor, Workers United, an affiliate of the Service Employees International Union that represents workers in the textile, distribution, food service and gaming industries, remains a significant stockholder, holding approximately 41% of our equity as of December 31, 2021. We offer a complete suite of commercial and retail banking, investment management and trust and custody services. Our commercial banking and trust businesses are national in scope and we also offer a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers through our three branch offices across New York City, one branch office in Washington, D.C., one branch office in San Francisco, one commercial office in Boston and our digital banking platform. Our corporate divisions include Commercial Banking, Trust and Investment Management and Consumer Banking. Our product line includes residential mortgage loans, C&I loans, CRE loans, multifamily mortgages, and a variety of commercial and consumer deposit products, including non-interest bearing accounts, interest-bearing demand products, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer online banking and bill payment services, online cash management, safe deposit box rentals, debit card and ATM card services and the availability of a nationwide network of ATMs for our customers. We currently offer a wide range of trust, custody and investment management services, including asset safekeeping, corporate actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers, and conversion management. We also offer a broad range of investment products, including both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate and alternative investment strategies to meet the needs of our clients. Our products and services are tailored to our target customer base that prefers a financial partner that is socially responsible, values-oriented and committed to creating positive change in the world. These customers include advocacy-based non-profits, social welfare organizations, national labor unions, political organizations, foundations, socially responsible businesses, and other for-profit companies that seek to balance their profit-making activities with activities that benefit their other stakeholders, as well as the members and stakeholders of these commercial customers. In 2021, we introduced ResponsiFunds which is a suite of Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") impact products designed to align our clients' investment growth goals with their organizational values. Our goal is to be the go-to financial partner for people and organizations who strive to make a meaningful impact in our society and who care about their communities, the environment, and social justice. The growth of our business is fundamental to our social mission and how we deliver impact and value for our stakeholders. The Company has obtained B CorporationTM certification, a distinction earned after being evaluated under rigorous standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency. The Company is also the largest of twelve commercial financial institutions in the United States that are members of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values, a network of banking leaders from around the world committed to advancing positive change in the banking sector. Over the course of 2021, we were recognized for our leadership on the global stage for our work on climate change with governance positions in the United Nations ("UN") convened Net Zero Banking Alliance and the Global Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials ("PCAF") and an advisory role for the Glasgow Finance Alliance for Net Zero. Recent Developments On September 21, 2021, we entered into a merger agreement to acquire AIC and ABOC, subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by our regulators. On February 25, 2022, we announced that we had withdrawn our applications for regulatory approval to merge with AIC and ABOC, due to an inability to obtain such approval. As a result, we are no longer proceeding with the transaction. 3 Subordinated Debt Issuance On November 8, 2021, the Company completed a public offering of $85.0 million of aggregated principal amount of 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate subordinated notes due 2031. The subordinated notes will mature on November 15, 2031. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general business purposes, including ongoing working capital needs. Environmental, Social, and Governance Responsibility We maintain an explicit commitment to the highest ESG standards. Under the direction of our Board of Directors and executive management, we are diligent in fulfilling our mission to be America’s socially responsible bank, empowering organizations and individuals to advance positive social change. In 2019, we formalized our Board of Directors’ oversight of our ESG activities and communications, which is maintained by our Executive Committee, which we renamed our Executive and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. In addition, a formal cross-department Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) Committee was formed of employees responsible for implementing various ESG policies, strategies, and communications. The CSR Committee reports directly to our Executive and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Board of Directors. Our business strategy is focused on providing impact banking and lending services to a customer base that cares about how their money is invested. That strategy is rooted in our nearly 100-year history as a bank serving working people, labor unions, nonprofits, foundations, and impact businesses. We believe that there is a growing base of customers who want to entrust their monies with a company that aligns with their values. Our policy is to not lend to, or invest our own money in, (i) fossil fuel companies, (ii) companies that manufacture weapons, (iii) companies that we do not believe support the rights of workers, women, immigrants or the LGBTQ+ community, or (iv) companies that take positions that are not aligned with our mission. In 2021, we announced the launch of ResponsiFunds, a suite of ESG impact products designed to align investment growth goals with an organization's values. We have been an international leader in supporting strong environmental standards, sustainable finance and responsible and sustainable banking practices. As a founding signatory of the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investing, a founding signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking, and a founding member of the UN Net Zero Banking Alliance, we publicly committed to use finance as a tool to build a more sustainable planet. In 2021, we took several steps to continue our leadership in climate finance. We were one of the first banks to publish data in accordance with the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials ("PCAF") and were the first US bank to publish a net zero climate target in accordance with and now validated by the Science Based Targets ("SBTi") methodology. We published our targets in October 2021 built on a 2030 target of 49% reduction in absolute emissions and reaching Net Zero in 2045. In calculating the carbon impact of a company or industry, company greenhouse gas emissions fall in the following three categories, known as “Scopes”: • • • Scope 1 Emissions. Emissions from sources owned or controlled by the applicable company, e.g. vehicles, blast furnaces, generators, refrigeration, air-conditioning units. Scope 2 Emissions. Emissions resulting from consumption of electricity, heat or steam purchased by the applicable company. Scope 3 Emissions. Covers all other indirect emissions (excluding Scope 2) caused by business activities that are released from sources not owned or controlled by the applicable company. As a leading PCAF reporter, we now report the carbon impacts of our financed emissions in addition to other scope 3 categories, such as corporate travel and purchased goods. Within our own operations, we measure our Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions and purchase carbon offsets for any unavoidable carbon emissions. As part of our net zero climate targets, we are also seeking to reduce our direct or "operational" emissions to net zero by 2030. We are committed to 100% clean energy across our corporate footprint, purchasing predominantly recycled paper products, and maintaining high standards of energy efficiency. Company-wide, we actively engage in efforts to strengthen adherence to our environmental policies and programs. We have an explicit commitment to social and governance responsibility. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 25% of our employees are unionized under a collective bargaining agreement. Employees are aware of our stance in supporting organized labor and workers’ rights. In 2019, we became the first U.S. bank to raise our minimum wage to $20 per hour. Over the course of 2021 we participated in the development of the Living Wage Initiative along with a select group of corporate leaders with strong 4 human capital management track records. Our employee code of conduct and affirmative action policy, under the leadership of the Director of Diversity and Inclusion, support diversity and inclusion efforts for hiring, training, and workplace culture. As of December 31, 2021, 60% of our employees identify as women and 62% of our employees identify as people of color. As of December 31, 2021, women held 13 of 37 senior management positions (which is defined as Senior Vice President and above) and three of 11 executive management positions (which is defined as Executive Vice President and above). Additionally, eight of our 14 Board members identify as women or people of color or LGBTQ+. Board and management have adopted key policies and metrics for the Company covering workforce diversity including recruitment, retention, and makeup of the work force as part of a broader initiative on Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion ("DEI"). We have taken the Donors of Color Climate Pledge through our philanthropy and provided financing to support the Black Vision Fund and Entrepreneurs of Color through our commercial lending. We regularly advocate for social and governance responsibility, using our public voice to support the impacts we work for. Through our institutional investing platform, we regularly engage in shareholder activism, with a particular focus on workplace equity, climate change, misinformation on social media platforms, and protection of bio-diversity. Engagement is an important part of our strategy across the Company. We work with clients that have positive impacts on environmental and social goals and have begun offering sustainability linked loans with increased environmental attributes. We have strict supplier policies that cover ESG goals and engage with major suppliers on their ESG performance. Our employees are engaged through Employee Resource Groups ("ERGs") to develop new programs and products that further our ESG performance. Competition The financial services industry is highly competitive and we compete for loans, deposits, and customer relationships in our geographic markets. We strive to be the bank of choice for socially responsible companies, organizations and individuals working to advance positive social change. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers, make new loans and obtain new deposits, increase the scope and sophistication of services offered, and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates offered by other financial institutions. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. We have a very small market share of the total deposit-gathering or lending activities in the metropolitan areas of New York City, Washington, D.C., Boston, and San Francisco. In the financial services industry, market demands, technological and regulatory changes and economic pressures have increased competition among banks, as well as other financial institutions. As a result of increased competition, we believe that existing banks have been forced to diversify their services, increase rates paid on deposits and become more cost effective. Meanwhile, corresponding changes in the regulatory framework have resulted in increasing uniformity in the financial services offered by financial institutions. These market dynamics in the financial services industry have increased the number of new bank and non- bank competitors and have increased customer awareness of product and service differences among competitors. We primarily face competition from the five major categories of competitors listed below. In each case, we rely on our focus on our socially responsible mission and on consumer products at a local and increasingly national level to attract mission aligned customers and compete against these competitors. • • • • • Local and regional bank competition within our branch footprint of the metropolitan areas of New York City, Washington, D.C., and San Francisco and our commercial office in Boston. These local and regional banks have the same local focus and engagement with the community and typically offer similar products and servicing capabilities. Large banks which have been and are expanding their physical footprint in the metropolitan areas of New York City, Washington, D.C., Boston, and San Francisco. These large banks have significant national-scale resources. National “direct” banks, which have sophisticated digital offerings and significant national brand investments that appeal to segments of the population that do not require a physical branch to conduct banking and may offer higher interest rates on deposits. Fintech “non-banks.” There are numerous emerging business models and technology innovators entering the field of personal finance. Much of the Fintech innovation has significant capabilities and may be disruptive to traditional banks. Other socially responsible banks and financial services companies, including credit unions. We anticipate an increase in competition in socially responsible banking given the recent high-level focus the concept has received. 5 In commercial banking, we compete to underwrite loans to sound, stable businesses and real estate projects at competitive price levels that also make sense for our business and risk profile. Our major commercial bank competitors include national, regional and local banks that are larger than us and, as a consequence of their size, have the ability to make loans on larger projects or provide a greater mix of product offerings. We also compete with local banks, some of which may offer aggressive pricing and unique terms on various types of loans. In retail banking, we primarily compete with banks that have a visible retail presence and personnel in our market areas. The primary factors driving competition in consumer banking are customer service, interest rates, fees charged, branch location and hours of operation, online banking capabilities, and the range of products offered. We compete for deposits by advertising, offering competitive interest rates, and seeking to provide a high level of personal service. In retail lending, we also compete with non-bank mortgage companies. The non-bank competition has access to a wide array of products and services offered through the secondary market and private participants. The ability to quickly utilize the latest technologies, while benefiting from lower regulatory and compliance costs, allow the non-bank competition to add new products at a fast pace. We seek to keep up with the non-bank mortgage competition by utilizing our portfolio products to give customers options they would not find at traditional banks and furthering the customer relationship by offering in-house servicing for portfolio products. Veterans Administration (VA) loans and Federal Housing Authority (FHA) loans are part of our product offerings. We have invested in new technologies to keep pace in the market; integrating services directly into our point-of-sale and loan origination software systems to help mitigate risks and decrease the mortgage processing time. We have consistently increased our market presence in this retail lending space through the use of internet marketing, the ability to have customers apply online, adding more states to our mortgage lending area, collaborating with state and local nonprofits to help low to moderate income borrowers and hiring talented mortgage origination professionals. In investment management and trust services, we compete with a variety of custodial banks as well as a diverse group of investment managers and consultants to those client segments. From a custody standpoint, we compete against larger custodial institutions, such as State Street and BNY Mellon, and smaller, client-service oriented custodial banks, such as US Bank, Regions Bank and M&T Bank. In investment management, we regularly compete against a host of firms that provide passive equity index replication to their clients, including State Street, BlackRock, and Vanguard. Our active products, both in equities and fixed- income, compete against dozens of institutional managers who traditionally provide services to Taft-Hartley funds, public funds and endowments/foundations. Our agreement with Invesco to be our principal investment sub-adviser will add to this suite of products. We have focused on providing value-added products and services to our clients, which we are able to do because of our close relationships with them, and our affinity to their missions. We believe our ability to provide a flexible, sophisticated products and customer-centric process to our customers and clients allows us to stay competitive in the financial services environment. We have taken a segment-specific position on remaining competitive, both within our branch and online banking markets, for consumer, small business and commercial clients. Our Market Area We are focused on geographic markets with large and growing populations of our target customer base. Our primary geographic markets include the metropolitan areas in New York City, Washington, D.C., San Francisco, and Boston. Based on research we commissioned, each of these markets is densely populated with a significant number of values-based businesses and non-profit organizations. We are also able to leverage our heritage as a socially responsible bank to market to customers nationwide. We currently have an efficiently managed network of three branch offices in New York City, one branch office in Washington, D.C., one branch office in San Francisco, and one commercial office in Boston. Following our success in New York, a community we have now been a part of for nearly a century, we entered the Washington, D.C. market with a successful strategic expansion in 1998. We bolstered our efforts in the Washington, D.C. market in 2012 and have generated a 18.4% compound annual deposit growth rate during the five-year period ended December 31, 2021. Additionally, following the successful acquisition of New Resource Bank, we have become a trusted commercial lender in San Francisco and have recently begun to establish ourselves in Boston. Our Business Model We are a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of deposit products, trust and investment management services, and lending services. We generate relationship deposits from our values-based commercial clients and consumer customers. We further develop new and existing relationships through our trust, custody, and investment management services, which generate 6 fee income, and we also offer investment, brokerage, asset management, and insurance products to our retail customers through a third-party broker dealer. Because our target customer base has historically had limited credit needs, we generate a significant amount of excess liquidity from these relationships, which we, in turn, deploy through a conservative asset allocation strategy to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns. Deposits We gather deposits primarily through teams of bankers organized based on region and client segment. Our teams of dedicated bankers have a strong familiarity with the segments they cover, and many have worked with organizations that make up our target customer base before starting their career in banking. We believe our deep understanding of these segments, customized solutions and relationship-based, personalized service model enable us to address our customers’ unique banking needs. As a result, we believe we have become one of the leading banks of choice for many of these groups who, in turn, contribute a significant source of low-cost core deposits to the bank. Our total deposit base is composed of 52% non-interest-bearing accounts and has an average cost of deposits of only 10 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2021. We believe that our focus on serving the banking interests of the mission-driven customer market gives us a competitive advantage over other commercial banks in generating business from our target customer base. In addition to this commercial business development structure, we source consumer deposits through our branch network, online network, and mobile platform. Through these channels, we offer a variety of deposit products, including demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing products, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2021, our deposit base consisted of $3.3 billion of checking deposits, $2.8 billion of other liquid deposits such as money market checking, savings and passbook deposits, and $207.2 million of certificate of deposits. The vast majority of our commercial deposits are derived from socially responsible organizations. Trust and Investment Management We have been providing institutional trust, custody and investment management services since 1973. This business has become an integral contributor to our franchise and is complementary to our commercial banking business, as they each help support and grow the other. Approximately one-third of our trust and investment management clients utilize our deposit products. The majority of our trust and investment management business consists of institutional investment clients, such as multi-employer pension funds and Taft-Hartley funds. Our custody service bankers have considerable experience with our target customer base, offering a highly personal approach to customer support and customizable solutions including those which are specifically designed to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and public sector employee benefit and pension plans, endowments, foundations and family offices. Our core custody services feature a wide-ranging and comprehensive product suite, including asset safekeeping, corporate actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers and conversion management, which focus on adding value for our clients. Our investment management offerings are currently composed of a broad range of both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate assets and alternative investment strategies. Our experienced team specifically tailors our investment strategy to align with the values of our clients. We launched our LongView family of funds in 1992 to promote advocacy through ownership guided by the investment belief that companies with strong corporate governance deliver stockholders greater and less volatile returns over the long term. We view accountability, prudent risk oversight, social and environmental awareness, relationship with workers, stockholders and the community as the key principles for sustainable value creation that define good governance best practices and enhance the prospects for sound stockholder returns. We play an active role in promoting strong corporate governance through our proxy-voting guidelines, the filing of socially-aligned stockholder proposals, and litigation brought by us on behalf of our investors, and we believe this distinguishes our index funds from similarly situated funds and provides us with a competitive marketing advantage. In 2021 we introduced the ResponsiFunds, a suite of ESG impact products designed to align investment and growth goals with ESG values. Established in conjunction with Invesco, the socially responsible funds were developed to meet this critical ESG juncture. The importance of social, climate and gender equity in building a more just, sustainable and inclusive future has never been clearer, and as a nearly 100-year-old socially responsible bank, we are creating product solutions that align with our mission and values. To achieve this objective, the funds offered as part of the ResponsiFunds suite of products screen for companies that excel in ESG practices and principles in their business models, long-term strategies and product development. By utilizing tailored screening methods from leading industry experts, ResponsiFunds screen to both exclude private prisons, pipelines, weapons, oil sands, coal, tobacco, UN Global Compact noncompliant, Carbon Underground 200™ and more, while also 7 screening for areas of inclusion in ESG leadership. Designed to be cost-effective and continually dynamic, we believe these funds are a smart choice for investors who want to help finance a just and sustainable world. The growth of our commercial banking business has contributed meaningfully to the accelerated growth of our trust, custody and investment management services business in recent years. As of December 31, 2021, we had 1,096 custody accounts with $40.2 billion in assets under custody and 543 investment management accounts with $17.3 billion in assets under management. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we generated $13.4 million of investment and trust fees. Asset allocation Our target customer base provides us with what has historically been a stable source of low-cost core deposits, with generally limited credit needs. Therefore, we have historically had a substantial amount of excess liquidity. We believe a key benefit of our differentiated business model is our flexibility to allocate our excess liquidity to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our earning asset mix today is composed of a combination of loans to target commercial customers, various types of real estate loans, and securities. We have a robust governance process in place to maintain conservative credit standards and underwrite each loan on our balance sheet. Commercial and Industrial lending We take a relationship-based approach to our target customer loan origination strategy, as our bankers have developed a deep level of experience with our customers within our target customer base and their unique banking needs. Our business strategy involves us growing our business by earning the trust of these customers through a demonstrated dedication to our shared values —these mission-aligned customers seek our expertise in order to obtain various forms of specialty lending. Our specialty lending includes bridge financing guaranteed by philanthropic grants, financing for owner-occupied union facilities, loans to affordable housing construction funds administered by leading Community Development Financial Institutions Funds, loans for commercial solar deployment and other renewable power and energy efficiency projects, and loans to political campaigns. Real estate loans Our real estate portfolio consists of loans to individuals and commercial businesses, including 1-4 family, multifamily, and CRE. Residential Real Estate Our portfolio of originated real estate loans to individuals is based primarily in our geographic markets, but also a minority of real estate loans are to individuals outside our geographic markets, some of which are affinity mortgage programs we have developed for members of certain commercial customers, such as the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) and American Federation of Teachers (AFT). We began offering residential mortgage loans in 2012 and have since originated approximately 3,500 loans totaling $1.8 billion through December 31, 2021. Our residential loans are primarily closed-end mortgage loans, secured by a first lien on 1-4 family dwellings primarily in our geographic footprint. The dwellings are typically residential structures consisting of principal residences, second or vacation homes and investment properties, with property types including single family homes, two-to-four unit homes, condominiums, and cooperative apartments. We also own portfolios of purchased 1-4 family loans, representing 2.8% of total assets as of December 31, 2021. Multifamily and CRE A substantial portion of our portfolio is composed of multifamily loans made to customers in New York, predominantly for rent- stabilized buildings. We generally apply stringent underwriting guidelines for LTV and debt service coverage ratios, which are intended to mitigate credit and concentration risk in this loan category. Our cumulative historical multifamily loss rate from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2021 is 94 basis points. The average LTV at origination of our multifamily loans is 52%. Other CRE exposure is also predominantly in the New York metropolitan area and includes loans on office buildings, retail centers, industrial facilities, medical facilities and mixed-use buildings with an average LTV of 51% at origination. At December 31, 2021 our total multifamily portfolio is $821.8 million, and our total multifamily loan exposure in New York State is approximately $647.6 million. Approximately 64% of these loans are to buildings with at least one rent regulated unit and approximately 44% of all units in the portfolio are rent regulated. 8 Securities Our securities portfolio primarily consists of high quality and liquid investments in mortgage-backed securities to government sponsored entities and other asset-backed securities and PACE investments. All non-agency securities, composed of non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, non-agency mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities, are senior tranche and approximately 86.3% carry AAA credit ratings and 13.0% carry A credit ratings or higher. As of December 31, 2021, our securities portfolio, including Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) stock, has a weighted average yield of 2.22% and an estimated weighted average life of 4.9 years. Approximately 71.5% of this portfolio is classified as “available for sale.” In total, our securities portfolio including FHLB stock represented 43.4% of total interest earning assets as of December 31, 2021. In 2019, we expanded into residential Property Assessed Clean Energy (“PACE”) financing which allows borrowers to finance energy efficient and other socially responsible home improvements with the repayment made through property tax assessments collected by municipalities. PACE assessments are typically pari passu with tax liens and senior to mortgage debt. Since 2019, we have purchased $788.4 million of PACE assessments backed by improvements to residential and commercial properties. The residential assessments were originated by three different companies and were backed mostly by properties from California and Florida. The average assessment-to-value at origination for our residential and commercial PACE portfolios is approximately 9% and 21%, respectively. We added $309.3 million in PACE assets in 2021. PACE assessments are generally non-rated pass- through securities with no structural protections or guarantees added at the security level. Our Business Strategy We have a clearly defined mission to be America’s socially responsible bank, empowering organizations and individuals to advance positive social change. Our vision is to provide banking that furthers economic, social, racial, and environmental justice. Our differentiated model of providing relationship-based, personalized-service and customized solutions while sharing our customers’ values has driven the growth of our commercial banking, trust and investment management, and increasingly our consumer banking businesses. We expect to further enhance our franchise value by continuing to develop organic relationships with our target customer base and maintaining our risk and expense discipline. We plan to expand our customer base by forming new relationships with our target customers in existing markets and strategically expanding into new geographies. We believe this will drive growth in our core banking business and our trust and investment management business. Protecting our values-based franchise also requires disciplined risk and expense management, which we believe is essential to our business strategy. Commitment to our customers’ values is a central tenet of our differentiated business model and we expect it to continue to serve as the pillar of our broader business strategy. Focus on Deposit-led Organic Growth Our primary goal is to develop organic relationships in our target customer segments to support the growth of our high quality, low-cost core deposit base. Our growth has been achieved by providing relationship-based, personalized-service and customized solutions. The success of our deposit gathering strategy has enabled us to become a primarily core deposit-funded institution, resulting in a lower cost funding base. Core deposits, which include checking accounts, money market accounts, and savings accounts, totaled $6.1 billion as of December 31, 2021 and represented 97% of total deposits. Our deposit strategy enables us to attract commercial depositors that also borrow and invest with us. Our total deposit growth has increased at a 18.4% compound annual growth rate over the last five years. We believe our reputation within our target customer base positions us well to sustain our growth trajectory. Geographic Expansion We intend to consider strategic expansions into new markets that have a large constituency of socially responsible organizations and individuals. We demonstrated our ability to grow organically through our expansion into Washington, D.C. and through acquisition with the completed acquisition of New Resource Bank, based in San Francisco. In 2020, we opened our first commercial office in Boston as part of our efforts to expand organically into new markets. We intend to continue evaluating opportunities to efficiently expand our geographic footprint into other large metropolitan areas throughout the United States that share the same characteristics as our other current markets. 9 Grow Trust and Investment Management Business We have been dedicated to serving the investment needs of our institutional clients for more than 40 years. We are committed to fostering strong client relationships and unparalleled understanding of our clients’ goals and objectives. We offer a broad range of both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, and fixed-income strategies. As of December 31, 2021, we had $40.2 billion of assets under custody and $17.3 billion of assets under management. The growth of our commercial banking business has fueled the continued growth of our trust and investment management business, as approximately one-third of our trust and investment management clients utilize our deposit products. Our existing commercial clients have large trust and investment management needs. Our current infrastructure provides the necessary scale to increase our market presence among corporations, endowments, foundations and family offices. Historically, we performed many of our investment management services "in house" while leveraging a range of sub-advisors for specific needs. In December 2019, we announced a strategic alliance with Invesco to serve as our primary investment management subadvisor and meaningfully reduced the assets directly managed by the Company. Invesco brings significant scale and experience to our investment management business, with over $1.6 trillion in assets under management, as of December 2021. Invesco has a wide range of investment management services across asset classes, with experience in Taft-Hartley plans, and a significant range of social responsibility investment products aligned with our mission. In 2020, approximately three-fourths of our investment management assets were transitioned to Invesco for subadvisory services, allowing the bank to leverage their investment management platform and expertise, reduce risk and lower costs. Our alliance with Invesco has led to new product development aimed specifically at the needs expressed by our mission-oriented clients. In 2021, we launched the ResponsiFunds, an ESG suite of impact products designed to align investment growth goals with an organization's values. Maintain a Prudent Approach to Asset Allocation Our business model has historically generated a substantial source of low-cost core deposits and we believe that it will continue to do so. As noted above, our target customers have historically had limited credit needs and we do not expect that these needs will change meaningfully. As such, our business model gives us access to excess liquidity, which we intend to prudently manage to optimize risk-adjusted returns. We expect that our lending strategy will continue to consist of real estate and C&I loans as well as purchases of high-quality loans such as government guaranteed loans supported by the Small Business Administration or the United States Department of Agriculture, consumer loans focused on mission-aligned solar panel installations, or syndicated loans originated by other financial institutions with a track record of strong credit quality and prudent underwriting. Underwriting and Credit Risk Management Underwriting. Certain credit risks are inherent in all loans. These include risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. Although we both originate and purchase pools of loans, we apply the following underwriting standards to all of our loans. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to internal credit limits, a multi-layered approval process for loans, documentation examination, and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies. Our management, lending officers and credit administration team emphasize a strong risk management culture which is supported by comprehensive policies and procedures for credit underwriting, funding and administration that we believe has enabled us to maintain sound asset quality. Our underwriting methodology emphasizes analysis of global cash flow coverage, property cash flow in the case of real estate loans, loan to collateral value, and obtaining personal guaranties where appropriate. Also, in the case of most income-property loans, we require that borrowers are special purpose entities. Our Board of Directors has delegated oversight responsibility for our credit risk functions to its Credit Policy Committee, which is responsible for setting our credit risk appetite and approving our credit policy. This policy is updated periodically and reviewed in its entirety at least once per year. Our Board has established a Management Level Credit Committee, which is charged with formulating, subject to the Credit Policy Committee’s approval, and administering our credit policy. The Management Credit Committee reviews and has the authority to approve, delay or deny all requests for new and existing credit exposures within the limits and practices established by our credit policy. Among other responsibilities, the Management Credit Committee reviews and approves (i) all C&I and CRE non-multifamily commercial credit exposure requests greater than $7 million; (ii) CRE multifamily credit exposure requests greater than $10 million; and (iii) approves residential lending credit requests of more than $2 million. The Credit Policy Committee must approve any loan over $25 million, as well as specific programs that are new to the bank or are subject to heightened risk. Our Management Credit Committee includes our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Director of Commercial Banking, Chief Credit Risk Officer, Treasurer, General Counsel, Senior Credit Officers, Senior Lending Officer and Director of Commercial Real Estate. Our Management Credit Committee generally meets weekly to evaluate and approve credits 10 brought by loan officers. Prior to submitting a loan for approval, the loan will have gone through several rounds of underwriting and credit review starting with deal screens, underwriting performed by the lending unit, a review of the underwriting by our Credit Risk Management team, submission of a formal credit application memorandum that is also reviewed by our Credit Risk Management team, and an approval to move forward by a Senior Credit Officer. Particularly, during the underwriting process and prior to presentation to the Management Credit Committee, the collateral properties on multifamily and CRE loans are visited by the originating relationship manager. There are no automatic factors that preclude a loan from being approved as we focus on the totality of the credit opportunity including the borrower’s financial strength, industry, loan structure, strategic fit, and economics. In evaluating each potential loan relationship, we adhere to a disciplined underwriting evaluation process which includes, but is not limited to, the following: • • understanding the customer’s financial condition and ability to repay the loan; verifying that the primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount and structure of the loan; observing appropriate LTV guidelines for collateral secured loans; • • maintaining our targeted levels of diversification for the loan portfolio, both as to type of borrower, industry and geographic location of collateral; ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral; and the purpose of the loan. • • There is a restricted industries and activities list; a loan falling within a restricted industry or activity may still be approved on an exception basis. The review of such a loan must include a review of the mitigations for the exception and a reason to continue considering the loan. We use third party appraisers to appraise the properties on which we make CRE loans. We choose these appraisers from a small group of qualified individuals and firms based on the specific type of property and the geographic area in which the property is located. The appraisal review process has been outsourced. The Appraisal Management Company selects the appraising individual or firm (from a Bank-approved list), orders the appraisal, and reviews the completed appraisal. The full process is managed by the Senior Vice President-Senior Real Estate Credit Officer. For 1-4 family residential loans (first lien), our general policy is not to exceed an LTV of 80% unless the borrower obtains mortgage insurance. The LTV generally declines as the amount of the loan increases. For multifamily and CRE loans, our policies are to obtain an appraisal on each loan and, generally, to not exceed an LTV of 80% and 75%, respectively. Loans to One Borrower. In accordance with “loans-to-one-borrower” regulations promulgated by the New York State Department of Financial Services, which we refer to as NYDFS, we are generally limited to lending no more than 15% of our unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus to any one borrower or borrowing entity. This limit may be increased by an additional 10% for loans secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. To qualify for this additional 10%, we must perfect a security interest in the collateral and the collateral must have a market value at all times of at least 100% of the loan amount that exceeds 15% of our unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. At December 31, 2021, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $89 million. Our Management Credit Committee approval limit is $25 million, any loan over $25 million must be approved by the Credit Policy Committee. We regularly monitor concentration risk, which is the risk of lending too much to one particular customer or type of customer. Our loan policy establishes detailed concentration limits and sub limits by loan type and geography. Our Management Credit Committee and our Credit Policy Committee review our concentration reports on a quarterly basis. Ongoing Credit Risk Management. Credit risk management involves a collaboration among our loan officers or relationship managers, underwriters, and credit approval, credit administration, portfolio management and collections or loan workout personnel. We apply our collection policies uniformly to both our portfolio loans and loans serviced for others. We conduct monthly loan quality meetings, attended by representatives from each of the aforementioned groups, including the business unit leaders. Our Loan Quality Committee is our executive and senior management governing body for monitoring loans that have classified or criticized regulatory risk ratings, or as determined by our Chief Credit Risk Officer or Senior Credit Officers. Criticized loans are special mention loans as they show potential weakness that if not addressed by management may lead to performance and collectability issues. Classified loans are substandard-accruing loans, substandard non-accruing loans, and doubtful loans. • Substandard-accruing loans have weaknesses that are likely to lead to collectability issues although it is expected that all principal will be repaid. 11 • • Substandard non-accruing loans have weaknesses that are likely to lead to collectability issues coupled with the possibility that not all of the principal will be collected. Doubtful loans have significant weaknesses coupled with a probability that some level of loss will be realized at some point in the future. Our review of classified and criticized loans includes an evaluation of the market conditions, the property’s (or business entity’s) trends, the borrower and guarantor status, the level of reserves required, and loan accrual status. Our Loan Quality Committee also reviews: delinquent loans, upcoming maturities, credit review cycles, and other credit monitoring reports across both the loan quality portfolio and non-loan quality portfolio, as well as non-performing residential loans. The Loan Quality Committee has approval authority for loan amendments and credit risk rating changes for reviewed credit exposures. A credit risk rating change requires a majority vote of the Loan Quality Committee and is reported to the Credit Policy Committee. After approval by Loan Quality Committee, the credit risk rating change is verified through a control process in our system. In accordance with our policy, we perform annual asset reviews of our multifamily, CRE, and C&I loans. All C&I loans in excess of $1 million are reviewed at least annually, or quarterly based on size criteria. Pass-rated CRE and multifamily loans are reviewed annually or biannually based on size and location, and all criticized and classified loans are reviewed monthly. As part of these credit reviews, we analyze recent financial statements of the borrower and any additional market data that may impact the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Upon completion, we update the risk rating assigned to each loan. Relationship managers are encouraged to bring potential credit issues to the attention of credit administration personnel. Our credit policy requires at least 40% of our loans to be reviewed by an independent third party to ensure that our assigned risk grades are appropriate. Our current engagement requires the independent third party to review at least 50% of our loans by exposure. The loans are typically selected by the independent third-party reviewer except that the reviewer must review all of our leveraged loans, loans with over $20 million exposure, C&I loans with over $10 million exposure, all construction and farmland, all loans in our lowest pass-rated risk rating with exposures over $1 million, municipality/public finance loans, and classified or criticized loans. Management reviews the reports prepared by the independent reviewers and presents these reports to the Audit Committee and the Credit Policy Committee of the Board. These asset review procedures provide management and the Board with additional information for assessing our asset quality. Climate Risk Management Climate-related risks are composed of (1) transitional risks, which are risks associated with the transition towards a low-carbon economy, (2) physical risks, which consist of the physical impacts from climate change including increased frequency and severity of natural disasters, sea levels rising, and extreme temperatures, and (3) regulatory risk as local, state and federal policy makers respond to the climate crisis with new regulations and market influence designed to speed up the transition to a low- carbon economy, mitigate climate risk and protect the economy from climate impacts. These longer-term impacts and events have broad material implications on business operations, supply chains, distribution channels, customers, and markets. The impacts of transition risk can lead to and amplify credit risk or market risk by reducing our customers’ operating income or the value of their assets as well as expose us to reputational and/or litigation risk due to increased regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment. Physical risk can lead to increased credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or impacting the value of collateral We continue to embed climate risk into our business strategy, and we are committed to ambitious action through risk management programs. In 2021, the Bank became a supporter of the Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD") and follows the TCFD framework across governance, strategy, risk management and targets for disclosing clear, comparable and consistent information about our risks and opportunities presented by climate change. We are excited to embark on this work, engage with clients to realize our goals, and communicate our progress to our valued stakeholders. Our climate risk mitigation efforts are communicated through our Net Zero Climate Target Report which is our plan to measure our impact, to set targets that guide our business and the impact we have in the world, and to be transparent about what this will mean for our business and operations. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report. Information Technology Systems We make continuous investments in order to maintain modern, efficient and scalable information technology systems. We outsource most of our processing and services, which allows us to collaborate with industry-recognized vendors in each market niche, reduce our costs by leveraging the vendors’ economies of scale and enable us to expand our capabilities as needed. We work with our third-party vendors to ensure we are utilizing their applications efficiently and to their fullest capability. We use an 12 integrated core system to originate and process loan and deposit accounts, which provides us with a high degree of automation, improves customer experience and reduces costs. We continuously improve our cybersecurity posture and have implemented a multi-layered defense strategy to protect customer and confidential data. We actively monitor the cybersecurity threat landscape with a focus on the financial services sector for trends and new threats. Our Information Security Department proactively identifies and monitors systems to analyze risk to the organization and implement mitigating controls where appropriate. Formal security awareness training is conducted regularly to increase overall employee awareness about cyber threats. In addition to maintaining a defensive cybersecurity strategy, we have a disaster recovery site in an ISO 27001-certified separate colocation data center. We conduct regular business continuity and disaster recovery exercises to ensure our contingency plans support our operational needs and recovery time objectives. Human Capital Resources Our People As of December 31, 2021, we had 375 employees, approximately 25% of whom are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements. Two of our service employees at our headquarters, including staff responsible for mechanical and technical repairs, are covered by the 2016 Independent Office Agreement between us and Local 32BJ, Service Employees International Union, the agreement of which was amended and extended through December 31, 2023. The agreement generally governs, among other things, the subject employees’ compensation, vacation, severance, and working conditions and provides the union will only strike under very limited circumstances. Certain of our office and clerical employees are covered by the Collective Bargaining Agreement between us and the OPEIU local 153. The agreement generally governs, among other things, the subject employees’ compensation, vacation, severance, and working conditions and contains a “no-strike” clause, whereby, during the term of the agreement, the union will not strike and we will not initiate a lockout. On March 11, 2020, we and the OPEIU entered into an Amended and Restated Collective Bargaining Agreement, which (i) extended the term of the collective bargaining agreement to June 30, 2023, (ii) provided for a 3% wage increase effective the 1st of July 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, and (iii) reflected the minimum hourly wage increase of $20 per hour or $39,000 annually for entry level positions while also increasing the minimum hourly and annual salary for all subsequent union grade levels. Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion The Company's commitment to DEI starts at the top with direct oversight from our Chief Executive Officer. Diversity is important to us at the highest levels and our Board of Directors is currently comprised of six women, four racially or ethnically diverse members, and one LGBTQ+ member. Policies on diversity of the workforce along with policies for recruitment and retention are set by the Board of Directors and reported regularly by management to the Board of Directors. An executive level position with oversight of DEI has been approved by the Board of Directors. We believe maintaining and promoting a diverse and inclusive workplace where everyone feels valued and respected is essential for our growth. We have a formal board diversity policy that states that, when assessing board nominees, the Governance and Nominating Committee must ensure diverse characteristics, including but not limited to gender, age, race, ethnicity, disability, and sexual orientation, are included in any pool of candidates from which the board nominees are chosen. We are focused on cultivating a diverse, inclusive and equitable culture where our employees can freely bring varied perspectives and experiences to work. We are committed to strategies to attract, retain, and develop top talent to fuel our growth and create value for stockholders. In our employee recruitment and selection process and operation of our business, we adhere to equal employment opportunity policies and provide annual employee trainings on DEI. We have established ERGs to support employees from marginalized populations to help cultivate a healthy workplace culture. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 60% of our employees identify as women and women hold 13 of 37 senior management positions, and 62% of our employees identify as under-represented minorities and they hold 30% of senior management positions. To increase diverse representation in our workforce, particularly in senior management, we have established placement goals for minorities and women where warranted and expanded recruitment at career fairs with diverse candidates. In addition, in response to the civil unrest that erupted in the spring of 2020, we established a Racial Task Force, composed of employees from a wide spectrum of the Company, to promote racial equity in employee hiring, retention and promotion, professional development and training, and community outreach. In 2021, the Board of Directors took significant steps to enhance our DEI strategy through the approval of our formal DEI plan. This plan included enhanced policies, programs that recommit our focus to our social mission, 13 and seek to drive continued change for our Company, customers, and communities. This plan is not only central to our mission but is a key part of our growth strategy and ensuring we are the Company of choice for our customer segments. Pay Equity The Company is committed to pay parity and in 2020 conducted its first pay equity audit. In 2021 the Company disclosed its policy of conducting a third party pay equity analysis every three years for all non-collectively bargained employees. Culture and Employee Engagement We believe continuous engagement with our employees is important to driving our success. Our President and Chief Executive Officer holds a Town Hall-style meeting a minimum of annually with our employees, covering topics such as business strategy and outlook, our competitive landscape, emerging industry trends and offers a question and answer session with management. We believe this format promotes strong and productive conversations across our organization. Competitive Pay/Benefits To attract and retain talent, we offer a comprehensive compensation and benefits package that includes health insurance, pension, savings plans, employee stock purchase plan and tuition reimbursement. In 2019, we became the first U.S. bank to increase our minimum wage to $20 per hour. We engage a nationally recognized outside compensation and benefits consulting firm to independently evaluate the effectiveness of our executive pay programs and to benchmark them against those of industry peers. We align our executives’ pay with performance by linking incentive pay to financial performance and we have stock ownership requirements for senior executives. Promotions and Tenure We believe our success depends on developing and promoting our employees. From December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021, approximately 8.8% of our workforce was promoted. The average tenure of our employees is approximately eight years. Health and Safety The health and safety of our employees and customers is our highest priority. To that end, since March 2020, when we successfully transitioned our office employees to a remote work environment we have been able to proactively respond to the changing conditions of the pandemic with health and safety as our guide as we navigate federal, state, and city requirements for our workforce. For our branch employees and customers, we have instituted safety procedures such as requiring mask wearing, cleaning protocols, providing personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies, and health screening procedures for employees and protocols for dealing with actual and suspected COVID-19 cases. We have expanded benefits to employees in response to the pandemic and our response has been guided by a task force that is representative of our workforce. As we phased in employees returning to the office in late 2021, we deployed a system to capture vaccination status and issued protocols for COVID-19 screening and testing, when necessary, prior to entering the office. The Company keeps records of health and safety incidents and our record of compliance with the Occupational and Safety Administration. Significant Subsidiaries The Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank. The Bank owns a 99.6% equity interest and controls the operations of its subsidiary, Amalgamated Real Estate Management Company (“AREMCO”), which is a consolidated real estate investment trust holding certain of our purchased and originated loans. The income generated from the loans held in AREMCO is paid out to stockholders, including the Bank, in the form of dividends. AREMCO calculates its annual dividend to equal or exceed 95% of the projected annual taxable income and during December of each year, the Board of Directors of AREMCO declares a dividend to be paid to stockholders in the following January. The dividend encompasses the outstanding tranches of AREMCO stock as follows: Class A Senior Preferred Stock, Class B Senior Preferred Stock, and Junior Preferred Stock. For the year ending December 31, 2021, AREMCO had $5.4 million in taxable income. In December 2021, the Board of Directors of AREMCO declared a dividend payout of $5.1 million to be paid to stockholders on January 20, 2022. The dividend encompassed the outstanding tranches of AREMCO stock as follows; $1,873.95 per share of Class A Senior Preferred Stock, $5.00 per share of Class B Senior Preferred Stock, and $80.00 per share of Junior Preferred Stock. The dividend payable to us was approximately $5.0 million and was recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings. 14 The Bank also has several other insignificant subsidiaries, including subsidiaries to hold our other real estate owned property (OREO), which is real estate property owned by us that is not directly related to our business. Available Information We provide our Annual Reports on Form 10‑K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10‑Q, Current Reports on Form 8‑K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on our website at www.amalgamatedbank.com under the Investor Relations section. These filings are made accessible as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed electronically with the SEC. These reports are also available free of charge on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. 15 SUPERVISION AND REGULATION Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws generally are intended primarily for the protection of customers, depositors and other consumers, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), and the banking system as a whole; not for the protection of our other creditors and stockholders. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of those laws and regulations on our operations. The following is a general summary of the material aspects of certain statutes and regulations applicable to us. These summary descriptions are not complete, and you should refer to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and corresponding guidance for more information. These statutes and regulations are subject to change, and additional statutes, regulations, and corresponding guidance may be adopted. We are unable to predict these future changes or the effects, if any, that these changes could have on our business, revenues, and results of operations. Legislative and Regulatory Developments The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law in July 2010 and impacts financial institutions in numerous ways, including: The creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council responsible for monitoring and managing systemic risk; • • Granting additional authority to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) to regulate certain types of nonbank financial companies; • Granting new authority to the FDIC as liquidator and receiver; • • • • • • Changing the manner in which deposit insurance assessments are made; Requiring regulators to modify capital standards; Establishing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”); Capping interchange fees that certain banks charge merchants for debit card transactions; Imposing more stringent requirements on mortgage lenders; and Limiting banks’ proprietary trading activities. There are many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act mandating regulators to adopt new regulations and conduct studies upon which future regulation may be based. While some have been issued, many remain to be issued. Governmental intervention and new regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The CARES Act and Initiatives Related to COVID-19 On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, also known as the CARES Act, was signed into law and provided for approximately $2.2 trillion in direct economic relief in response to the public health and economic impacts of COVID-19. The relief period provided in the CARES Act expired on January 1, 2022. Many of the CARES Act’s programs were dependent upon the direct involvement of financial institutions like the Bank. These programs were implemented through rules and guidance adopted by federal departments and agencies, including the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Federal Reserve and other federal bank regulatory authorities, including those with direct supervisory jurisdiction over the Company and the Bank. Paycheck Protection Program. A principal provision of the CARES Act amended the SBA’s loan program to create a guaranteed, unsecured loan program, the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, to fund operational costs of eligible businesses, organizations and self-employed persons impacted by COVID-19. These loans are eligible to be forgiven if certain conditions are satisfied and are fully guaranteed by the SBA. Additionally, loan payments were also deferred for the first six months of the loan term. The PPP commenced on April 3, 2020 and was available to qualified borrowers through August 8, 2020. No collateral or personal guarantees were required. On December 27, 2020, the President signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 into law which included the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act (the “HHSB Act”). Among other things, the HHSB Act renewed the PPP, allocating $284.45 billion for both new first time PPP loans under the existing PPP and the expansion of existing PPP loans for certain qualified, existing PPP borrowers. In addition to extending and amending the PPP, the HHSB Act also creates a new grant program for “shuttered venue operators.” 16 Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications for Affected Borrowers. The CARES Act, as extended by certain provisions of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, permitted banks to suspend requirements under GAAP for loan modifications to borrowers affected by COVID-19 that may otherwise be characterized as troubled debt restructurings and suspend any determination related thereto if (i) the borrower was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019, (ii) the modifications were related to COVID-19, and (iii) the modification occurred between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of 60 days after the date of termination of the national emergency or January 1, 2022. Federal bank regulatory authorities also issued guidance to encourage banks to make loan modifications for borrowers affected by COVID-19. New York State COVID-19 Emergency Eviction and Foreclosure Prevention Act of 2020. This Act placed a moratorium on residential evictions and residential foreclosures until May 1, 2021 for those who had endured COVID-19-related hardships. Amalgamated Financial Corp. The Company owns 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, and is considered to be a bank holding company registered under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act and its regulations promulgated thereunder. Permitted Activities. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, the following activities: • • • banking or managing or controlling banks; furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiaries; and any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include: factoring accounts receivable; • • making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities; • • • • • • • • • leasing personal or real property; operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association; trust company functions; financial and investment advisory activities; conducting discount securities brokerage activities; underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments; providing specified management consulting and counseling activities; performing selected data processing services and support services; acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and performing selected insurance underwriting activities. • As a bank holding company, the Company can elect to be treated as a “financial holding company,” which would allow it to engage in a broader array of activities. In summary, a financial holding company can engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, providing financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. We are contemplating seeking designation as a financial holding company. In order to elect financial holding company status, at the time of such election, each insured depository institution that the Company controls must be well capitalized, well managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s 17 continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries. Expansion Activities The BHC Act requires a bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before merging with another bank holding company, acquiring substantially all the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or acquiring directly or indirectly any ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank. A bank holding company is also prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in nonbanking activities, other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. Change in Control Two statutes, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated under them, require some form of regulatory review before any company may acquire “control” of a bank or a bank holding company. Under the BHC Act, control is deemed to exist if a company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company; controls the election of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; or exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company. On January 30, 2020, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule (which became effective September 30, 2020) that clarified and codified the Federal Reserve’s standards for determining whether one company has control over another. The final rule established four categories of tiered presumptions of noncontrol that are based on the percentage of voting shares held by the investor (less than 5%, 5-9.9%, 10-14.9% and 15-24.9%) and the presence of other indicia of control. As the percentage of ownership increases, fewer indicia of control are permitted without falling outside of the presumption of noncontrol. These indicia of control include nonvoting equity ownership, director representation, management interlocks, business relationship and restrictive contractual covenants. Under the final rule, investors can hold up to 24.9% of the voting securities and up to 33% of the total equity of a company without necessarily having a controlling influence. State laws, including New York law, require state approval before an acquirer may become the holding company of a state bank. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or company is required to file a notice with the Federal Reserve if it will, as a result of the transaction, own or control 10% or more of any class of voting securities or direct the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company and either if the bank or bank holding company has registered securities or if the acquirer would be the largest holder of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. For a change in control at the holding company level, both the Federal Reserve and the subsidiary bank's primary federal regulator must approve the change in control; at the bank level, only the bank’s primary federal regulator is involved. Transactions subject to the BHC Act are exempt from Change in Control Act requirements. For state banks, state laws, including that of New York, typically require approval by the state bank regulator as well. Source of Strength There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed by law and regulatory policy on bank holding companies with regard to their depository institution subsidiaries that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and to the FDIC insurance funds in the event that the depository institution becomes in danger of defaulting under its obligations to repay deposits. Under a policy of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan. The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the BHC Act to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve's determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal law grants federal bank regulatory authorities’ additional discretion to require a 18 bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution's financial condition. In addition, the “cross guarantee” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions. The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or stockholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and stockholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our Company. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. Capital Requirements and Payment of Dividends The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on the bank holding companies under the BHC Act, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are essentially the same as those that apply to the Bank and are described below under “Amalgamated Bank—Capital and Related Requirements” Subject to our capital requirements and certain other restrictions, including the consent of the Federal Reserve, we are able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and these loans may be repaid from dividends paid from the Bank to the Company. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As a Delaware public benefit corporation, the Company is subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if the Company has no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the Board of Directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends to stockholders if: (a) the company’s net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (b) the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (c) the company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. In addition, under the Basel III capital rules, financial institutions that seek to pay dividends will have to maintain the 2.5% capital conservation buffer. See “Amalgamated Bank—Capital and Related Requirements.” Restrictions on Affiliate Transactions The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit by a bank to any affiliate, including its holding company, and on a bank’s investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations any of affiliates of the bank. Section 23A also applies to 19 derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that cause a bank to have credit exposure to an affiliate. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, each covered transaction must meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank is forbidden to purchase low quality assets from an affiliate. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, prohibits a bank from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such bank or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated companies. If there are no comparable transactions, a bank’s (or one of its subsidiaries’) affiliate transaction must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, nonaffiliated companies. These requirements apply to all transactions subject to Section 23A as well as to certain other transactions. The affiliates of a bank include any holding company of the bank, any other company under common control with the bank (including any company controlled by the same stockholders who control the bank), any subsidiary of the bank that is itself a bank, any company in which the majority of the directors or trustees also constitute a majority of the directors or trustees of the bank or holding company of the bank, any company sponsored and advised on a contractual basis by the bank or an affiliate, and any mutual fund advised by a bank or any of the bank’s affiliates. Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates. Amalgamated Bank General As a New York state-chartered bank, we are examined, supervised and regulated by the NYDFS and the FDIC. The statutes enforced by, and regulations and policies of, these agencies affect most aspects of our business, including prescribing the permissible scope of our activities, permissible types of loans and investments, the amount of required reserves, requirements for branch offices, and various other requirements. Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent permissible by law. As an insurer of deposits, the FDIC issues regulations, conducts examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of all institutions to which it provides deposit insurance. The approval of the FDIC is required for certain transactions in which we may engage, including any merger or consolidation involving us, a change in control over us, or the establishment or relocation of any of our branch offices. In reviewing applications seeking approval of such transactions, the FDIC may consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position, financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the organizations involved in the transaction, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (see “Community Reinvestment Act” below) and the effectiveness of the organizations involved in the transaction in combating money laundering activities. The FDIC also has the power to prohibit these and other transactions even if approval is not required, and could do so if we have otherwise failed to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to us. New York Law As a New York-chartered bank, New York law governs our licensing and regulation, including organizational and capital requirements, fiduciary powers, investment authority, branch offices and electronic terminals, declaration of dividends, changes of control and mergers, out of state activities, interstate branching and banking, debt offerings, borrowing limits, limits on loans to one obligor, liquidation, sale of shares or options in Amalgamated to its directors, officers, employees and others, the purchase by Amalgamated of its own shares, and the issuance of capital notes or debentures. The NYDFS is charged with our supervision and regulation. Unsecured loans to one person generally may not exceed 15% of the sum of our capital stock, allowance and capital notes and debentures, and both secured and unsecured loans to one person (excluding certain secured lending and letters of credit) at any given time generally may not exceed 25% of the sum of our capital stock, allowance and capital notes and debentures. We are required to invest our funds in accordance with limitations under New York law and may only make investments that are permissible investments for banks, subject to any limitations under any other applicable law. 20 In addition to remedies available to the FDIC (which are discussed below), the Superintendent of the NYDFS may take possession of our bank if certain conditions exist, such as conducting business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, impairments of capital, suspended payments of obligations, or violation of law. Safety and Soundness Regulation As an insured depository institution, we are subject to prudential regulation and supervision and must undergo regular on-site examinations by our banking agencies. The cost of examinations of insured depository institutions and any affiliates may be assessed by the appropriate agency against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate. We file quarterly consolidated reports of condition and income (“call reports”) with the FDIC and NYDFS. The FDIC has developed a method for insured depository institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report of any insured depository institution. The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions including our bank. The safety and soundness guidelines relate to, among other things, our internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation, asset growth, and interest rate exposure. The standards assist the federal banking agencies with early identification and resolution of problems at insured depository institutions. If we were to fail to meet these standards, the FDIC could require us to submit a compliance plan and take enforcement action if an acceptable compliance plan were not submitted. In addition, the FDIC could terminate our deposit insurance if it determines that our financial condition was unsafe or unsound or that we engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that violated an applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed on us by our regulators. Payment of Dividends The power of the Board of Directors of an insured depository institution to declare a cash dividend or other distribution with respect to capital is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions that limit the amount available for such distribution depending upon earnings, financial condition and cash needs of the institution, as well as general business conditions. Insured depository institutions are also prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or, with certain limited exceptions, making capital distributions, including dividends, if after such transaction the institution would be less than adequately capitalized. Under New York law, we are prohibited from declaring a dividend so long as there is any impairment of our capital stock. In addition, we would be required to obtain approval from the NYDFS prior to declaring a dividend if the dividend would cause the total aggregate amount of our dividends in the calendar year to exceed our total net profits for that calendar year combined with retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. Under certain circumstances, the FDIC may determine that the payment of a dividend would be an unsafe or unsound practice as a result of our financial condition and to prohibit the payment thereof. In particular, the FDIC has stated that excessive dividends can negate strong earnings performance and result in a weakened capital position and that dividends generally can be disbursed, in reasonable amounts, only after losses are eliminated and necessary reserves and prudent capital levels are established. In addition, the capital rules (and in particular, the capital conservation buffer, which was fully phased-in on January 1, 2019), require us to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 capital in order to pay a cash dividend. See “—Capital and Related Requirements.” Capital and Related Requirements We are subject to comprehensive capital adequacy requirements intended to protect against losses that we may incur. Regulatory capital rules adopted in July 2013 and fully phased in as of January 1, 2019, which we refer to as Basel III, impose minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. The BASEL III rules apply to all state and national banks and savings and loan associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies other than "small bank holding companies," generally holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion. More stringent requirements are imposed on “advanced approaches” banking organizations—those organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets, $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures, or that have opted into the Basel II capital regime. The rules include certain higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those previously in place. Specifically, we are required to maintain the following minimum capital requirements: 21 • • • • a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%; a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and a leverage ratio of 4%. Under Basel III, Tier 1 capital includes two components: CET1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The highest form of capital, CET1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, otherwise referred to as AOCI, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, Tier 1 minority interests and grandfathered trust preferred securities. Tier 2 capital generally includes the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk- weighted assets, qualifying preferred stock, subordinated debt and qualifying tier 2 minority interests, less any deductions in Tier 2 instruments of an unconsolidated financial institution. AOCI is presumptively included in CET1 capital and often would operate to reduce this category of capital. When implemented, Basel III provided a one-time opportunity for covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI. We made this opt-out election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our investment securities portfolio. In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, under Basel III, a banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three risk-based measurements (CET1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The 2.5% capital conservation buffer was phased in incrementally over time, and became fully effective for us on January 1, 2019, resulting in the following effective minimum capital plus capital conservation buffer ratios: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%. On December 21, 2018, the federal banking agencies issued a joint final rule to revise their regulatory capital rules to (i) address the upcoming implementation of a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, an accounting standard under GAAP; (ii) provide an optional three-year phase-in period for the day-one adverse regulatory capital effects that banking organizations are expected to experience upon adopting CECL; and (iii) require the use of CECL in stress tests beginning with the 2020 capital planning and stress testing cycle for certain banking organizations that are subject to stress testing. We are currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on our accounting, and expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to our allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first quarter of 2023, the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective for us. At this time, we cannot yet reasonably determine the magnitude of such one- time cumulative adjustment, if any, or of the overall impact of the new standard on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In November 2019, the federal banking regulators published final rules implementing a simplified measure of capital adequacy for certain banking organizations that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Under the final rules, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, banks and holding companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a leverage ratio of greater than 9%, off-balance-sheet exposures of 25% or less of total consolidated assets and trading assets plus trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets, are deemed “qualifying community banking organizations” and are eligible to opt into the “community bank leverage ratio framework.” A qualifying community banking organization that elects to use the community bank leverage ratio framework and that maintains a leverage ratio of greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the Basel III rules and, if applicable, is considered to have met the “well capitalized” ratio requirements for purposes of its primary federal regulator’s prompt corrective action rules, discussed below. The final rules include a two-quarter grace period during which a qualifying community banking organization that temporarily fails to meet any of the qualifying criteria, including the greater-than-9% leverage capital ratio requirement, is generally still deemed “well capitalized” so long as the banking organization maintains a leverage capital ratio greater than 8%. A banking organization that fails to maintain a leverage capital ratio greater than 8% is not permitted to use the grace period and must comply with the generally applicable requirements under the Basel III rules and file the appropriate regulatory reports. We do not have any immediate plans to elect to use the community bank leverage ratio framework but may make such an election in the future. Prompt Corrective Action As an insured depository institution, we are required to comply with the capital requirements promulgated under the FDIA. The FDIA requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action (“PCA”) to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The law requires each 22 federal banking agency to promulgate regulations defining the following five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed, based on the level of capital ratios: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized.” As of December 31, 2021, our capital ratios exceeded the minimum ratios established for a “well capitalized” institution. The following is a list of the criteria for each PCA capital category: • Well Capitalized—The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A well-capitalized institution: • • • • • has total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater; and has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; and has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater; and has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater; and is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. • Adequately Capitalized—The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. The institution may not make a capital distribution if it would result in the institution becoming undercapitalized. An adequately capitalized institution: • • • • has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; and has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; and has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater; and has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater. • Undercapitalized—The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. An undercapitalized institution: • • • • has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%; or has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or greater; or has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%. • Significantly Undercapitalized—The institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized institution: • • • • has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%; or has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or greater; or has a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%. • Critically Undercapitalized—The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” Moreover, if the institution becomes less than adequately capitalized, it must adopt a capital restoration plan acceptable to the FDIC. The institution also would become subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its 23 permissible activities. Except under limited circumstances consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, an undercapitalized institution may not grow. An undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless it is determined by the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of PCA. A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs. In addition to measures taken under the PCA provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance of cease and desist orders that can be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, the imposition of a conservator or receiver, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties, and termination of insurance of deposits. The NYDFS also has broad powers to enforce compliance with New York laws and regulations. Community Reinvestment Act Requirements We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires the agencies to take into account our record of meeting community credit needs when evaluating applications for, among other things, new branches or mergers. We are also subject to analogous state CRA requirements in New York and other states in which we may establish branch offices. In connection with their assessments of CRA performance, the FDIC and NYDFS assign a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance.” We received a “satisfactory” CRA Assessment Rating from both regulatory agencies in our most recent examinations. The federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities of the bank, including in acting on expansionary proposals. In December 2019, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) proposed changes to the regulations implementing the CRA, which, if adopted will result in changes to the current CRA framework. The Federal Reserve did not join the proposal. On May 20, 2020 the OCC issued a final rule to strengthen and modernize its existing CRA framework, but the FDIC was not prepared to finalize its CRA proposal at that time. Fair Lending Requirements We are subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving lending operations. A number of laws and regulations provide these fair lending requirements and reporting obligations, including, at the federal level, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, and Regulation B, as well as the Fair Housing Act (“FHA”) and regulations implementing FHA found at 24 C.F.R. Part 100. ECOA and Regulation B prohibit discrimination in any aspect of a credit transaction based on a number of prohibited factors, including race or color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age, the applicant’s receipt of income derived from public assistance programs, and the applicant’s exercise, in good faith, of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. ECOA and Regulation B include lending acts and practices that are specifically prohibited, permitted, or required, and these laws and regulations proscribe data collection requirements, legal action statute of limitations, and disclosure of the consumer’s ability to receive a copy of any appraisal(s) and valuation(s) prepared in connection with certain loans secured by dwellings. FHA prohibits discrimination in all aspects of residential real-estate related transactions based on prohibited factors, including race or color, national origin, religion, sex, familial status, and handicap. Fair lending requirements can also be imposed at the state level, including through Section 296-A of the New York Executive Law. In addition to prohibiting discrimination in credit transactions on the basis of prohibited factors, these laws and regulations can cause a lender to be liable for policies that result in a disparate treatment of or have a disparate impact on a protected class of persons. If a pattern or practice of lending discrimination is alleged by a regulator, then the matter may be referred by the agency to the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) for investigation. In December 2012, the DOJ and CFPB entered into a Memorandum of Understanding under which the agencies have agreed to share information, coordinate investigations, and have generally committed to strengthen their coordination efforts. In addition to substantive penalties and corrective measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take compliance with fair lending requirements into account when regulating and supervising other activities of the bank, including in acting on expansionary proposals 24 Consumer Protection Regulations Our activities are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations—both at the federal and state levels—designed to protect consumers. This includes Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits engaging in any unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”). UDAAP claims involve detecting and assessing risks to consumers and to markets for consumer financial products and services. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by us are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Our loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as: • • • • • • • • • • • the Truth-In-Lending Act (“TILA”) and Regulation Z, governing disclosures of credit and servicing terms to consumer borrowers and including substantial new requirements for mortgage lending and servicing, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act; the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 and Regulation C, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the communities it serves, and requiring collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics to assist in identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing antidiscrimination statutes; the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”) and Regulation B, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, or other prohibited factors in any aspect of a credit transaction; the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and Regulation V, as well as the rules and regulations of the FDIC governing the use of consumer reports and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and other disclosures; the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and Regulation F, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies and intending to eliminate abusive, deceptive, and unfair debt collection practices; the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”) and Regulation X, which governs aspects of residential mortgage loans, including the settlement and servicing process, dictates certain disclosures to be provided to consumers, and imposes other requirements related to compensation of service providers, insurance escrow accounts, and loss mitigation procedures; The Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act (“SAFE Act”) which mandates a nationwide licensing and registration system for residential mortgage loan originators. The SAFE Act also prohibits individuals from engaging in the business of a residential mortgage loan originator without first obtaining and maintaining annually registration as either a federal or state licensed mortgage loan originator; The Homeowners Protection Act (“HPA”), or the PMI Cancellation Act, provides requirements relating to private mortgage insurance (PMI) on residential mortgages, including the cancelation and termination of PMI, disclosure and notification requirements, and the requirement to return unearned premiums; The Fair Housing Act (“FHA”) prohibits discrimination in all aspects of residential real-estate related transactions based on race or color, national origin, religion, sex, and other prohibited factors; The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (“SCRA”) and Military Lending Act (“MLA”), providing certain protections for servicemembers, members of the military, and their respective spouses, dependents and others; and Section 106(c)(5) of the Housing and Urban Development Act requires making home ownership available to eligible homeowners. Our deposit operations are also subject to federal laws, such as: • • the FDIA, which, among other things, imposes a minimum amount of deposit insurance available per account to $250,000 and imposes other limits on deposit-taking; the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; 25 • • • the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E, which governs governs the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers and financial institutions using electronic fund transfer services, and which generally mandates disclosure requirements, establishes limitations on liability applicable to consumers for unauthorized electronic fund transfers, dictates certain error resolution processes, and applies other requirements relating to automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts; the Expedited Funds Availability Act (“EFA Act”) and Regulation CC, setting forth requirements to make funds deposited into transaction accounts available according to specified time schedules, disclose funds availability policies to customers, and relating to the collection and return of checks and electronic checks, including the rules regarding the creation or receipt of substitute checks; and the Truth in Savings Act (“TISA”) and Regulation DD, which requires depository institutions to provide disclosures so that consumers can make meaningful comparisons about depository institutions and accounts. In addition, we are subject to increased regulations concerning consumer privacy, including the California Consumer Privacy Act with respect to certain data regarding California residents and the New York Department of Financial Services Cybersecurity Regulations. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) is an independent regulatory authority housed within the Federal Reserve. The CFPB has broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has the authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets for compliance with federal consumer laws. The authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as us, for compliance with federal consumer laws remains largely with those institutions’ primary regulators. However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of these smaller institutions on a “sampling basis” and may refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary regulators. As such, the CFPB may participate in examinations of the Bank. In addition, states are permitted to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than the regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions. The CFPB has issued a number of significant rules that impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of consumer financial products and services, including rules regarding a residential mortgage loan. These rules implement Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the ECOA, TILA and RESPA. Among other things, the rules adopted by the CFPB require banks to: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a “reasonable ability-to-repay” test; (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for originating and servicing mortgages, including, but not limited to, pre-loan counseling, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence, and mortgage origination disclosures, which integrate existing requirements under TILA and RESPA; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator hiring and compensation; and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and certain financial products. Bank regulators take into account compliance with consumer protection laws when considering approval of expansionary proposals. Anti-Money Laundering Regulation As a financial institution, we must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing employee training program, and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The program must comply with the anti-money laundering provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”). Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions, foreign customers and other high risk customers. Financial institutions must also take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Financial institutions must comply with requirements regarding risk-based procedures for conducing ongoing customer due diligence, which requires us to take appropriate steps to understand the nature and purpose of customer relationships and identify and verify the identity of the beneficial owners of legal entity customers. Current laws, such as the USA PATRIOT Act (which amended the BSA), as described below, provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the USA PATRIOT Act. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations, and this area has become a particular focus of the regulators in recent years. In addition, the regulators are 26 required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of certain applications. In recent years, regulators have expressed concern over banking institutions’ compliance with anti-money laundering requirements and, in some cases, have delayed approval of their expansionary proposals. The regulators and other governmental authorities have been active in imposing “cease and desist” orders and significant money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be in violation of the anti-money laundering regulations. On January 1, 2021, Congress enacted the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021 (“NDAA”). The NDAA provides for one of the most significant overhauls of the BSA and related anti-money laundering laws since the USA Patriot Act. Notably, changes include: • • • • • expansion of coordination and information sharing efforts among the agencies tasked with administering anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism requirements, including the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), the primary federal banking regulators, federal law enforcement agencies, national security agencies, the intelligence community, and financial institutions; providing additional penalties with respect to violations of BSA and enhancing the powers of FinCEN; significant updates to the beneficial ownership collection rules and the creation of a registry of beneficial ownership which will track the beneficial owners of reporting companies which may be shared with law enforcement and financial institutions conducting due diligence under certain circumstances; improvements to existing information sharing provisions that permit financial institutions to share information relating to SARs with foreign branches, subsidiaries, and affiliates (except those located in China, Russia, or certain other jurisdictions) for the purpose of combating illicit finance risks; and enhanced whistleblower protection provisions, allowing whistleblower(s) who provide original information which leads to successful enforcement of anti-money laundering laws in certain judicial or administrative actions resulting in certain monetary sanctions to receive up to 30 percent of the amount that is collected in monetary sanctions as well as increased protections; We are also subject to New York anti-money laundering laws and regulations. In June 2016, the NYDFS adopted a final rule that requires certain New York-regulated financial institutions, including us, to comply with enhanced anti-terrorism and anti-money laundering requirements beginning in 2017. The rule adds, among other anti-money laundering program requirements, greater specificity to certain transaction monitoring and filtering requirements and the obligation to conduct an ongoing, comprehensive risk assessment and expressly eliminates a regulated institution’s ability to adjust its monitoring and filtering programs to limit the number of alerts generated. Beginning in April 2018, the rule also required the Bank's BSA/AML Officer to submit certification of compliance with these requirements annually. ERISA We are also subject to regulation under the fiduciary laws of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as we are a “fiduciary” or service provider under ERISA with respect to certain of our clients. When we act as an ERISA fiduciary, we represent ERISA plans by taking fiduciary responsibility with respect to such plan’s transactions or investments. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code, impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, and prohibit certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans. The foregoing laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from conducting certain business in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed in the event of such noncompliance include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on the business activities for specified periods of time, revocation of registration, and other censures and fines and the potential of civil litigation. USA PATRIOT Act The USA PATRIOT Act became effective on October 26, 2001 and amended the Bank Secrecy Act. The USA PATRIOT Act provides, in part, for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanisms for the U.S. government, including: • due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons; 27 • • • • requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and filing suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to undertake enhanced due diligence of private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons that they administer, maintain, or manage. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, FinCEN can send Amalgamated lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities or money laundering. Amalgamated may be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If we find any relationships or transactions, we must report those relationships or transactions to FinCEN. The Office of Foreign Assets Control The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is an office in the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts; owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of target countries, and narcotics traffickers. If a bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze or block the transactions on the account. Amalgamated has appointed a compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. Amalgamated checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. These checks are performed using software that is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity There are a number of state and federal laws and regulations that govern financial privacy and cybersecurity. At the federal level, this includes the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and related regulations, including Regulation P, which govern the treatment of nonpublic personal information. Under these privacy protection provisions, we are limited in our ability to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies and notices to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. Federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of the Board of Directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial services. State laws and regulations governing financial privacy and cybersecurity include the California Consumer Privacy Act with respect to certain data regarding California residents, the New York Department of Financial Services Cybersecurity Regulations, and other New York financial privacy laws and regulations. The NYDFS issued a new rule, effective March 1, 2017, that requires banks, insurance companies, and other financial services institutions regulated by the NYDFS to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York State’s financial services industry. The cybersecurity rule adds specific requirements for these institutions’ cybersecurity compliance programs and imposes an obligation to conduct an ongoing, comprehensive risk assessment and requires each institution’s Board of Directors, or a senior officer, to submit annual certifications of compliance with these requirements. Transactions with Related Parties Transactions between banks and their affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company 28 context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W (i) limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to non-affiliates. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and other similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation O also provide limitations on our ability to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders (“insiders”). The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans we may make to insiders based, in part, on our capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are further limited to specific categories. On December 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an interagency statement extending the temporary relief from enforcement action against banks or asset managers, which become principal shareholders of banks, with respect to certain extensions of credit by banks that otherwise would violate Regulation O, provided the asset managers and banks satisfy certain conditions designed to ensure that there is a lack of control by the asset manager over the bank. This relief has been extended and will expire on the sooner of January 1, 2023, or the effective date of a final Federal Reserve rule having a revision to Regulation O that addresses the treatment of extensions of credit by a bank to fund complex-controlled portfolio companies that are insiders of a bank. Incentive Compensation Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDIA prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies jointly adopted the Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies (“GSICP”). The GSICP intended to ensure that banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. This guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to expose the organization to material amounts of risk, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon a set of key principles relating to a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements. Specifically, incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide employee incentives that appropriately balance risk in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk, (ii) be compatible with effective controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s Board of Directors. Any deficiencies in our compensation practices could lead to supervisory or enforcement actions by the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, such as us, having at least $1 billion in total assets that encourage inappropriate risk-taking by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The federal banking agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011 and issued a second proposed rule in April 2016. The second proposed rule would apply to all banks, among other institutions, with at least $1 billion in average total consolidated assets. Final regulations have not been adopted as of December 31, 2021. If adopted, these or other similar regulations would impose limitations on the manner in which we may structure compensation for our executives and other employees. The scope and content of the federal banking agencies’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving. In October 2016, the NYDFS also announced a renewed focus on employee incentive arrangements and issued new guidance to New York State-regulated banks to ensure that these arrangements do not encourage inappropriate practices. The guidance listed 29 adapted versions of the key principles from the Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies as minimum requirements and advised these banks that incentive compensation arrangements must be subject to effective risk management, oversight, and control. In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed into law in December 2017, contains certain provisions affecting performance-based compensation. Specifically, the pre-existing exception to the $1 million deduction limitation applicable to performance-based compensation was repealed. The deduction limitation is now applied to all compensation exceeding $1.0 million, for our covered employees, regardless of how it is classified, which would have an adverse effect on income tax expense and net income. Deposit Premiums and Assessments As an FDIC-insured bank, we must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC based on our average total assets minus our average tangible equity. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. As an institution with less than $10 billion in assets, our assessment rates are based on the level of risk we pose to the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund (DIF). Pursuant to changes adopted by the FDIC that were effective July 1, 2016, the initial base rate for deposit insurance is between three and 30 basis points. Total base assessment after possible adjustments now ranges between 1.5 and 40 basis points. For established smaller institutions, like us, the total base assessment rate is calculated by using supervisory ratings as well as (i) an initial base assessment rate, (ii) an unsecured debt adjustment (which can be positive or negative), and (iii) a brokered deposit adjustment. In addition to the ordinary assessments described above, the FDIC has the ability to impose special assessments in certain instances. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the minimum designated reserve ratio for the DIF was increased to 1.35% of the estimated total amount of insured deposits. On September 30, 2018, the DIF reached 1.36%, exceeding the statutorily required minimum reserve ratio of 1.35%. On reaching the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35%, FDIC regulations provided for two changes to deposit insurance assessments: (i) surcharges on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (large institutions) ceased; and (ii) small banks were to receive assessment credits for the portion of their assessments that contributed to the growth in the reserve ratio from between 1.15% and 1.35%, to be applied when the reserve ratio is at or above 1.38%. These assessment credits started with the June 30, 2019 assessment invoiced in September 2019 and ran off in March 2020. Assessment rates are expected to decrease if the reserve ratio increases such that it exceeds 2%. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines after a notice and hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. CRE Guidance In December 2015, the federal banking regulators released a statement entitled “Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “CRE Guidance”). In the CRE Guidance, the federal banking regulators (i) expressed concerns with institutions that ease CRE underwriting standards, (ii) directed financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and monitor lending risks, and (iii) indicated that they will continue to pay special attention to CRE lending activities and concentrations. The federal banking regulators previously issued guidance in December 2006, entitled “Interagency Guidance on Concentrations in CRE Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices,” which stated that an institution that is potentially exposed to significant CRE concentration risk should employ enhanced risk management practices. Specifically, the guidance states that such institutions have (1) total CRE loans representing 300% or more of the institution’s total capital and (2) the outstanding balance of such institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary policies of the U.S. and its agencies. The Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects on the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in U.S. government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of 30 member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. We cannot predict the nature or effect of future changes in such monetary policies. Future Legislation and Regulation Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied or interpreted. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation has in the past and may in the future affect the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital or modify our business strategy, or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially, as a result. 31 IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to reporting companies under the Exchange Act. As an emerging growth company: • we may present less than five years of selected historical financial information; • we are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act; • we may provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and • we are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (although we intend to do so). We may take advantage of this reporting relief for up to five years from the completion of our initial public offering on August 13, 2018 unless we earlier cease to be an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company and may no longer rely on this reporting relief on (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion (adjusted for inflation every five years), (b) the date we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in a three-year period. Section 107 of the JOBS Act also permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies until they would apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this report, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended election. 32 Item 1A. Risk Factors. There are risks, many beyond our control, that could cause our financial condition or results of operations to differ materially from management’s expectations. Any of the following risks, by itself or together with one or more other factors, could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, perhaps materially. The risks presented below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks that we do not presently know or that we currently deem immaterial may also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects, and the market price and liquidity of our common stock. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included in this report. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this report constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 1. Economic and Geographic-Related Risks Our business may be adversely affected by economic conditions Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, the prevailing yield curve, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in the debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the domestic economy and the local economies in the markets in which we operate. Unfavorable market conditions can result in a deterioration of the credit quality of borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, foreclosures, additional provisions for loan losses, adverse asset values and a reduction in assets under management or administration. The majority of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. A decline in real estate values can negatively impact our ability to recover our investment should the borrower become delinquent. Loans secured by stock or other collateral may be adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy and other factors that could reduce the recoverability of our investment. Unsecured loans are dependent on the solvency of the borrower, which can deteriorate, leaving us with a risk of loss. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence, limitations on the availability of or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, high unemployment, natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics (such as COVID-19), state or local government insolvency, or a combination of these or other factors. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is fluid and continues to evolve and there is pervasive uncertainty surrounding the future economic conditions that will emerge in the months and years following the pandemic. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy will likely require some time to recover from its effects, the length of which is unknown, and during which we may experience a recession. In addition, there are continuing concerns related to, among other things, the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address that debt, price fluctuations of key natural resources, the potential resurgence of economic and political tensions with China, the Russian invasion of Ukraine and increasing oil prices due to Russian supply disruptions, each of which may have a destabilizing effect on financial markets and economic activity. Economic pressure on consumers and overall economic uncertainty may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and saving habits. These economic conditions and/or other negative developments in the domestic or international credit markets or economies may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Declines in real estate values and sales volumes, high unemployment or underemployment, and inflation may also result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity and financial condition. Changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond our control, including the imposition of tariffs, retaliatory tariffs, or other sanctions, may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. There have been, and may be in the future, changes with respect to U.S. and international trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, embargoes, sanctions and other trade restrictions. Tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that customers import or export, or a trade war or other related governmental actions related to tariffs, international trade agreements or policies or other trade restrictions have the potential to negatively impact our customers' costs, demand for our products, or the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof and, thus, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the U.S. has imposed, and is likely to impose material additional, financial and economic sanctions and export controls against certain Russian organizations and/or individuals, with similar actions either implemented or planned by the European Union (“EU”) and the U.K. and other jurisdictions. The U.S., the U.K., and the EU each imposed packages of financial and economic sanctions that, in various ways, constrain transactions with numerous Russian entities and individuals; transactions in Russian sovereign debt; and investment, trade, and financing to, from, 33 or in certain regions of Ukraine. Moreover, actions by Russia, and any further measures taken by the U.S. or its allies, could have negative impacts on regional and global financial markets and economic conditions. To the extent changes in the global political environment, including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the escalating tensions between Russia and the U.S., NATO, the EU and the UK, have a negative impact on us or on the markets in which we operate, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted. Our operations and clients are concentrated in large metropolitan areas, which could be the target of terrorist attacks. The vast majority of our operations and clients are located in New York City, Washington, D.C., and San Francisco. In addition, at December 31, 2021, 94.1% of the properties securing our CRE, multifamily, or construction loans outstanding were located in the states of New York and California, and in Washington, D.C. These areas have been and may continue to be the target of terrorist attacks. A major terrorist attack in one of these areas could severely disrupt our operations and the ability of our clients to do business with us and cause losses to loans secured by properties in these areas. Such an attack could therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Climate change and material environmental sustainability may have an effect on the performance of our business operations and asset quality which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to the growing risk of climate change. There is an increasing concern over climate-related risks and material environmental sustainability on the impacts of business operations, asset quality, and earnings. The risks related to the physical impacts of climate change include acute risks which are event-driven such as increased instances of hurricanes, tropical storms, winter storms, freezes, wildfires, tornados, floods, and other large-scale weather catastrophes. Additionally, there are chronic physical risks which are long-term global impacts from rising average temperature and sea levels. Any of these events could disrupt the reliability of our operations and those of our customers, and third party vendors and suppliers. Such events could cause downturns in economic and market conditions generally, which could negatively impact our customers and third party suppliers and vendors and which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. Our expenses could increase due to consumer preference changes and increased legislation and regulatory requirements such as those associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. The potential costs, including strategic planning, litigation due to increased regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment, technology expenditures, and losses associated with climate change related risks are difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Credit and Interest Rate Risk If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer. We must effectively manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms, and that the collateral securing repayment of their loans, if any, may not be sufficient to ensure repayment. This risk has been and may further be exacerbated by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, there are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, including the risk that a borrower may not provide information to us about its business in a timely manner, and/or may present inaccurate or incomplete information to us, and risks relating to the value of collateral. In order to manage credit risk successfully, we must, among other things, maintain disciplined and prudent underwriting standards and ensure that our lenders follow those standards. The weakening of these standards for any reason, such as an attempt to attract higher yielding loans, a lack of discipline or diligence by our employees in underwriting and monitoring loans, the inability of our employees to adequately adapt policies and procedures to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting borrowers and the quality of our loan portfolio, may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance, each of which could adversely affect our net income. Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates or prolonged low interest rates may adversely affect our earnings, capital levels and overall results. The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and, as a result, we are subject to significant risk from changes in interest rates, which may affect our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Our earnings depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect to periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates move contrary to our position, this “gap” may work against us, and our earnings may be adversely affected. 34 When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in the general level of interest rates may also, among other things, adversely affect the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan prepayment rates or adversely affect our results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to make payments under their current adjustable-rate loan obligations. Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates, among other things, may lead to prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the general level of market interest rates may adversely affect our net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results. Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in the general level of market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, international disorder, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) of the Federal Reserve. Adverse changes in the U.S. monetary policy or in economic conditions could materially and adversely affect us. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FOMC cut short-term interest rates to a record low range of 0% to 0.25% in 2020, although, in mid-December 2021, the Federal Reserve indicated that three 25 basis point rate hikes were expected in 2022. While rates are expected to increase during the coming year, if short-term interest rates remain at their current levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates remain low or continue to fall, we could experience net interest margin compression as our rates on our interest earning assets would decline while rates on our interest-bearing liabilities could fail to decline in tandem. Similarly, if short-term interest rates increase and long-term interest rates do not increase, or increase but at a slower rate, we could experience net interest margin compression as our rates on interest earning assets decline measured relative to rates on our interest-bearing liabilities. Any such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of changes in market interest rates or how and to what extent they may affect our business. We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences of such changes. Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results. We are exposed to higher credit risk related to our multifamily real estate lending in New York City. In 2019, the New York State legislature passed the Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019, impacting about one million rent regulated apartment units. Among other things, the legislation: (i) curtails rent increases from material capital improvements and individual apartment improvements; (ii) all but eliminates the ability for apartments to exit rent regulation; (iii) does away with vacancy decontrol and high-income deregulation; and (iv) repealed the 20% vacancy bonus. The act generally limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents on rent-regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent-regulated apartments to market-rate apartments. As a result, the value of the collateral located in New York State securing our multi-family loans or the future net operating income of such properties could potentially become impaired. At December 31, 2021, our total multifamily loan exposure in New York State is approximately $647.6 million, of which approximately $425 million, or 66%, represents our portfolio’s composition of rent stabilized and rent controlled apartments in the New York multifamily market. Our estimated allowance for loan losses and fair value adjustments with respect to loans acquired in our acquisitions may prove to be insufficient to absorb actual losses in our loan portfolio, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We maintain an allowance for loan losses ("ALLL") that represents management’s judgment of probable losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, our ALLL totaled $35.9 million, which represents approximately 1.08% of our total loans, net. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of loan levels and portfolio composition, observable trends in nonperforming loans, historical loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, underwriting practices, adequacy of collateral, credit risk grading assessments and other factors. The determination of the appropriate level of the ALLL is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If, as a result of general economic conditions, there is a decrease in asset quality or growth in the loan portfolio, our management determines that additional increases in ALLL are necessary, we may incur additional expenses which will reduce our net income, and our business, results of operations or financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, inaccurate management assumptions, deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification or deterioration of additional problem loans, acquisition of problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our 35 ALLL. In addition, we have historically maintained higher provisions for loan losses in our C&I portfolio and may continue to do so, even as we de-emphasize and reallocate the balances of this portfolio. The measure of our allowance for loan losses is dependent on the adoption and interpretation of accounting standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, which will become effective January 1, 2023. Under the CECL model, we will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model currently required under GAAP, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. Accordingly, we expect that the adoption of the CECL model will materially affect how we determine our allowance for loan losses and could require us to significantly increase our allowance. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Operational Risks We are at risk of increased losses from fraud. Fraudulent activity has taken many forms, ranging from check fraud, mechanical devices attached to ATM machines, social engineering and phishing attacks to obtain personal information or impersonation of our clients through the use of falsified or stolen credentials and debit card fraud. Additionally, an individual or business entity may properly identify themselves, particularly when banking online, yet seek to establish a business relationship for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. Further, in addition to fraud committed against us, we may suffer losses as a result of fraudulent activity committed against third parties. Increased deployment of technologies, such as chip card technology, defray and reduce aspects of fraud; however, criminals are turning to other sources to steal personally identifiable information, such as unaffiliated healthcare providers and government entities, in order to impersonate the consumer to commit fraud. Many of these data compromises are widely reported in the media. Further, as a result of the increased sophistication of fraud activity, we have increased our spending on systems and controls to detect and prevent fraud. This will result in continued ongoing investments in the future. Nevertheless, these investments may prove insufficient and fraudulent activity could result in losses to us or our customers; loss of business and/or customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses (including the cost of notification to consumers, credit monitoring and forensics, and fees and fines imposed by the card networks); disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could be adversely affected by a failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception that customers, regulators and investors may have of us. We intend to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act standards regarding our internal control over financial reporting. These rules and regulations require, among other things, that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our internal controls over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain internal controls over financial reporting, or any difficulties that we may encounter in such maintenance, could result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, each of which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations or an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We continue to devote a significant amount of effort, time and resources to our controls and ensuring compliance with complex accounting standards and regulations. These efforts also include the management of controls to mitigate operational risks for programs and processes across the Company. Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, including our ability to attract and retain customers, and failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance. We are a Certified B Corporation TM. The term “Certified B Corporation” does not refer to a particular form of legal entity, but instead refers to companies certified by the B Lab, an independent nonprofit organization, as meeting rigorous standards of social and environmental performance, accountability and transparency. B Labs sets the standards for Certified B Corporation TM 36 certification and may change those standards over time. Our reputation could be harmed if we lose our Certified B Corporation TM status, whether by choice or by our failure to meet B Lab’s certification requirements, if that change in status were to create a perception that we are no longer committed to the values shared by Certified B Corporations TM. Likewise, our reputation could be harmed if our publicly reported B Corporation TM score declines, if that were to create a perception that we are less focused on meeting the Certified B Corporation TM standards. As a fund manager, we continue to engage in stockholder activism, pressing companies to adopt best practices on a range of environmental, social and corporate governance topics. This activism has caused and could cause increased scrutiny over our own environmental, social and corporate governance activities. Any failure, or perceived failure, in our ability to maintain environmental, social and corporate governance best practices could damage our reputation adversely affecting our business, results of operations or financial condition. Maintaining our reputation also depends on our ability to successfully prevent third-parties from infringing on our brand and associated trademarks. Defense of our reputation and our trademarks, including through litigation, could result in costs adversely affecting our business, results of operations or financial condition. We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, and in evaluating and monitoring our loan and lease portfolio on an ongoing basis, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers or counterparties or of other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate, incomplete, fraudulent or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial or business information, or the failure to receive such information on a timely basis, could result in loan losses, reputational damage or other effects that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We participate in a multi-employer non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for both our unionized and non-unionized employees, which could subject us to substantial cash funding requirements in the future. We are required to make contributions to the Consolidated Retirement Fund, a multi-employer pension plan that covers both our unionized and non-unionized employees. Our multi-employer pension plan expense totaled $6.2 million in 2021. Our obligations may be impacted by the funding status of the plan, the plan’s investment performance, changes in the participant demographics, financial stability of contributing employers and changes in actuarial assumptions. In addition, if a participating employer becomes insolvent and ceases to contribute to a multiemployer plan, the unfunded obligation of the plan will be borne by the remaining participating employers. Under current law, an employer that withdraws or partially withdraws from a multi-employer pension plan may incur withdrawal liability to the plan. If, in the future, we choose to withdraw from this multi-employer pension plan, we will likely need to record significant withdrawal liabilities, which could negatively impact our financial performance in the applicable periods. We face strong competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management firms that could hurt our business. The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, non-traditional financial-services providers, other financial service businesses, including investment advisory and wealth management firms, mutual fund companies, and securities brokerage and investment banking firms, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. As customers’ preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and for Fintech, i.e. “non-banks” to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Because of this rapidly changing technology, our future success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology and to identify and develop new, value-added products for existing and future customers. Failure to do so could impede our time to market, reduce customer product accessibility, and weaken our competitive position. Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer. Moreover, this competitive industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. 37 Risks Related to Our Trust and Investment Management Business Our trust and investment management business may be negatively impacted by changes in economic and market conditions and clients may seek legal remedies for investment performance. Our trust and investment management business may be negatively impacted by changes in general economic and market conditions because the performance of this business is directly affected by conditions in the financial and securities markets. The financial markets and businesses operating in the securities industry are highly volatile (meaning that performance results can vary greatly within short periods of time) and are directly affected by, among other factors, domestic and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance, and by the threat, as well as the occurrence of global conflicts, all of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that broad market performance will be favorable in the future. Declines in the financial markets or a lack of sustained growth may result in a decline in the performance of our investment management business and may adversely affect the market value and performance of the investment securities that we manage, which could lead to reductions in our investment management fees, because they are based primarily on the market value of the securities we manage, and could lead some of our clients to reduce their assets under our management or seek legal remedies for investment performance. If any of these events occur, the financial performance of our trust and investment management business could be materially and adversely affected. The investment management contracts we have with our clients are terminable without cause and on relatively short notice by our clients, which makes us vulnerable to short term declines in the performance of the securities under our management. Like most other companies with an investment management business, our investment management contracts with our clients are typically terminable by the client without cause upon less than 30 days’ notice. As a result, even short term declines in the performance of the securities we manage, which can result from factors outside our control such as adverse changes in market or economic conditions or the poor performance of some of the investments we have recommended to our clients, could lead some of our clients to move assets under our management to other asset classes such as broad index funds or treasury securities, or to investment advisors that have investment product offerings or investment strategies different than ours. Therefore, our operating results are heavily dependent on the financial performance of our investment portfolios and the investment strategies we employ in our investment management businesses and even short-term declines in the performance of the investment portfolios we manage for our clients, whatever the cause, could result in a decline in assets under management and a corresponding decline in investment management fees, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Capital and Liquidity Risks We are subject to liquidity risk. We require liquidity to meet our deposit and debt obligations as they come due. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a downturn in the geographic markets in which our loans are concentrated, difficult credit markets, adverse regulatory or judicial actions against labor unions, political organizations or not-for profits, or adverse regulatory actions against us. Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our depositors. As a part of our liquidity management, we must ensure we can respond effectively to potential volatility in our customers’ deposit balances. For instance, our political campaigns, PACs, and state and national party committee clients totaled $989.6 million in deposits as of December 31, 2021 and may increase or decrease their deposit balances significantly as we approach an election campaign, resulting in short-term volatility in their deposit balances held with us through election cycles. Although we have been able to replace maturing or withdrawn deposits and advances historically as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors or those depositors with a high concentration of deposits sought to withdraw their accounts. We could encounter difficulty meeting a significant deposit outflow which could negatively impact our profitability or reputation. Any long-term decline in deposit funding would adversely affect our liquidity. While we believe our funding sources are adequate to meet any significant unanticipated deposit withdrawal, we may not be able to manage the risk of deposit volatility effectively. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Our business needs and future growth may require us to raise capital, but that capital may not be available or may be dilutive. Our ability to raise capital will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that such capital will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. Any occurrence that limits our access to capital, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise 38 capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. Any inability to raise capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could be dilutive to both tangible book value and our share price. In addition, an inability to raise capital when needed may subject us to increased regulatory supervision and the imposition of restrictions on our growth and business. These restrictions could negatively affect our ability to operate or further expand our operations through loan growth, acquisitions or the establishment of additional branches. These restrictions may also result in increases in operating expenses and reductions in revenues that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price. We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements in the future. We are subject to regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that we must maintain. From time to time, the regulators change these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and we may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities. In particular, the capital requirements applicable to us under the Basel III rules, which became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 required us to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. While we expect to meet the requirements of the Basel III rules, we may fail to do so. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, these requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to lend, grow deposit balances, make acquisitions or make capital distributions in the form of dividends or share repurchases. Higher capital levels could also lower our return on equity. Risks Related to Our Industry We are exposed to risks related to our PACE financings. Property Assessed Clean Energy ("PACE") financing is a means of financing energy-efficient upgrades or the installation of renewable energy sources for commercial, industrial and residential properties that are repaid over a selected term through property tax assessments, which are secured by the property itself and paid as an addition to the owners’ property tax bills. The unique characteristic of PACE assessments is that the assessment is attached to the property rather than the individual borrower. Active programs for residential PACE financing exist in California, Florida and Missouri. As of December 31, 2021, we had a portfolio of $175.7 million in commercial PACE securities and $451.7 million in residential PACE securities. These securities are pari passu with tax liens and generally have priority over first mortgage liens. Because PACE financing programs are typically enabled through state legislation and authorized at the local government level, variations between each state’s programs may expose us to increased compliance costs and risks. In addition, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Release, and Consumer Protection Act required the CFPB to prescribe regulations relating to residential PACE financings. In March 2019, the CFPB issued an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking, but has not issued a proposed rule. Specifically, the CFPB is contemplating regulations for PACE financing under the ability-to-repay requirements under the Truth in Lending Act, which are currently in place for residential mortgage loans. If final rules are adopted by the CFPB, we may be exposed to increased compliance and regulatory risks related to our residential PACE assessments. If we fail to comply with any final rules adopted by the CFPB, we may face reputational and litigation risks with respect to our PACE assessments. The fair value of our investment securities could fluctuate because of factors outside of our control, which could have a material adverse effect on us. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio was approximately $3.0 billion. Factors beyond our control could significantly affect the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in market conditions including changes in interest rates or spreads, changes in the credit profile of individual securities, changes in prepayment behavior of individual securities, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, or adverse regulatory action. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments, or OTTI, and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in earnings and/or other comprehensive income (loss), which could materially and adversely affect our assets, business, cash flow, condition (financial or otherwise), liquidity, results of operations and prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is OTTI usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial 39 performance and liquidity of the issuer, any collateral underlying the security as well as our intent and ability to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Our failure to assess any impairments or losses with respect to our securities could have a material adverse effect on our assets, business, cash flow, condition (financial or otherwise), liquidity, results of operations and prospects. The phase-out of LIBOR could negatively impact our net interest income and require significant operational work. The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), has announced that it will not compel panel banks to contribute to LIBOR after 2021. The discontinuance of LIBOR has resulted in significant uncertainty regarding the transition to suitable alternative reference rates and could adversely impact our business, operations, and financial results. In November 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a statement that says that banks may use any reference rate for its loans that the bank determines to be appropriate for its funding model and customer needs. The Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, has endorsed replacing the U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities (“SOFR”). SOFR is observed and backward looking, which stands in contrast with LIBOR under the current methodology, which is an estimated forward-looking rate and relies, to some degree, on the expert judgment of submitting panel members. Given that SOFR is a secured rate backed by government securities, it will be a rate that does not take into account bank credit risk (as is the case with LIBOR). Risks Related to Our Strategy We may not be able to implement our growth strategy or manage costs effectively, resulting in lower earnings or profitability. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to grow and to be profitable in future periods, or, if profitable, that our overall earnings will remain consistent or increase in the future. Our growth requires that we increase our loans, assets under management and deposits while managing risks by following prudent loan underwriting standards without increasing interest rate risk, increasing our noninterest expenses or compressing our net interest margin, maintaining more than adequate capital at all times, hiring and retaining qualified employees and successfully implementing strategic initiatives. Even if we are able to increase our interest income, our earnings may nonetheless be reduced by increased expenses, such as additional employee compensation or other general and administrative expenses and increased interest expense on any liabilities incurred or deposits solicited to fund increases in assets. Additionally, if our competitors extend credit on terms we find to pose excessive risks, or at interest rates which we believe do not warrant the credit exposure, we may not be able to maintain our lending volume and could experience deteriorating financial performance. Our inability to manage our growth successfully or to continue to expand into new markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks. From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products or product enhancements as well as new services within our existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances in which the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services successful or to realize their expected benefits. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. For example, several of our competitors have successfully introduced innovative investment management products. The introduction of such new products requires continued innovative efforts on the part of our management and may require significant time and resources as well as ongoing support and investment. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also affect the implementation of a new line of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services. Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or service or system conversion could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 40 Risks Related to Privacy and Technology A failure in, or breach of, our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other sensitive business and consumer information on our computer systems and networks and third-party providers. Under various federal and state laws, we are responsible for safeguarding such information. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and the NYDFS cybersecurity regulations and the California Consumer Privacy Act which, among other things: (i) impose certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) require that we provide certain disclosures to customers and others about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); (iii) limit retention of customer data; (iv) require notification of certain data breaches; and (v) require that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing appropriate safeguards based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Ensuring that our collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase our costs. In particular, information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on our networks and systems or those of our customers or third-party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our clients’ confidence. While we have not experienced any material breaches of information security, such breaches may occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access or gaining access to our systems or our customers’ or counterparties’ confidential information, including employees. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our customers to access our systems. Further, risk of cybersecurity incidents may increase with the political and economic instability or warfare (including the Russia and Ukraine war). We cannot be certain that the security measures we, or processors, have in place to protect this sensitive data will be successful or sufficient to protect against all current and emerging threats designed to breach our systems or those of processors. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and periodically test our security, a breach of our systems, or those of processors, could result in losses to us or our customers; loss of business and/or customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses (including the cost of notification to consumers, credit monitoring and forensics, and fees and fines imposed by the card networks); disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability—any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems of third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security involving these systems could have an adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and results of operations. Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems, third-party servicers accounting systems and mobile and online banking platforms. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing, item/payment processing systems, and online banking platforms. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to process new and renewal loans or to gather deposits and provide customer service and it could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of business and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, failure of third parties to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud, misconduct, or material errors on the part of our employees or employees of any of these third parties could disrupt our operations or adversely affect our reputation. 41 It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking, debit card services and information services, in a timely manner if they are unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future for any reason and even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost or result in the loss of customers. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. As a result of financial entities and technology systems becoming more interdependent and complex, a cyber incident, information breach or loss, or technology failure that compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including ourselves. Although we review business continuity and backup plans for our vendors and take other safeguards to support our operations, such plans or safeguards may be inadequate. As a result of the foregoing, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions to us or to third parties with whom we interact. We must respond to rapid technological changes, and these changes may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated. We will have to respond to future technological changes. Specifically, if our competitors introduce new banking products and services embodying new technologies, or if new banking industry standards and practices emerge, then our existing product and service offerings, technology and systems may be impaired or become obsolete. Further, if we fail to adopt or develop new technologies or to adapt our products and services to emerging industry standards, then we may lose current and future customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. The financial services industry is changing rapidly, and to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our products, services and technologies. These changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate. We expect that new technologies and business processes applicable to the banking industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those we currently use. Because the pace of technological change is high and our industry is intensely competitive, we may not be able to sustain our investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete or as better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business processes could cause disruptions in our operations or cause our products and services to be less competitive, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Risks Related to Our Human Capital We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and our ability to attract additional key personnel, to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy, and we could be harmed by the unexpected loss of their services. We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our executive officers and other key employees and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals, as well as our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy may be lengthy. If the services of any of our of key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future prospects. We may not be successful in retaining our key personnel, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skill, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage, and inadequate transitions may cause disruptions to our business due to, among other things, diverting management’s attention or causing a deterioration in morale. We do not currently have employment agreements with any of our executive officers other than our President and Chief Executive Officer, although we have a change in control policy applicable to certain executive officers and we have severance and retention agreements. In addition, our officers have agreed to a one-year non-solicitation covenant; therefore, these officers could leave us and immediately begin competing against us and after one year begin soliciting our customers. The departure of any of our key personnel could also have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and growth prospects. Our business could suffer if we experience employee work stoppages, union campaigns or other labor difficulties, and efforts by labor unions could divert management attention and adversely affect operating results. As of December 31, 2021, we had 375 employees, of which approximately 25% are represented by collective bargaining agreements or an employee union. Although we believe that our relationship with our employees is good, and we have not 42 experienced any material work stoppages, work stoppages may occur in the future. Union activities also may significantly increase our labor costs, disrupt our operations and limit our operational flexibility. From time to time, we are subject to unfair labor practice charges, complaints and other legal, administrative and arbitration proceedings initiated against us by unions, the National Labor Relations Board or our employees, which could negatively impact our operating results. In addition, negotiating collective bargaining agreements could divert management attention, which could also adversely affect operating results. On March 11, 2020, we entered into an amended and restated collective bargaining agreement with the Office and Professional Employees International Union, Local 153, AFL-CIO (the “CBA”) which expires on June 30, 2023. The CBA was updated to include certain provisions in accordance with law and/or in line with our mission, vision and values, such as (i) expanding the non-discrimination language, (ii) including a lactation provision, (iii) addressing paid family leave, and (iv) reflecting the $20/ hour minimum wage and additional raise to each grade accordingly. It also provided for a 3% wage increase effective July 1, 2020, July 1, 2021 and July 1, 2022, respectively. Legal, Accounting, Regulatory, and Compliance Risks Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. From time to time, the FASB changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. As a result of such changes, whether promulgated or required by the FASB or other regulators, we could be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we have previously used in preparing our financial statements, which could negatively affect how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally. Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events. Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner in which to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative. Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. The critical accounting policies include the ALLL. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in this matters, we may be required to significantly increase the allowance or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The banking industry is heavily regulated and that regulation, together with any future legislation or regulatory changes, could limit or restrict our activities and adversely affect our operations or financial results. We operate in an extensively regulated industry and we are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies. The Company is subject to Federal Reserve regulations, and the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC and the NYDFS. Our compliance with banking regulations is costly and restricts some of our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates and locations of offices. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators, which require us to maintain adequate capital to support our business. If, as a result of an exam, a banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital adequacy, asset quality, asset concentration, earnings prospects, management, liquidity sensitivity to market risk or other aspects of any of our operations has become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law or regulation, the banking agency could take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. Furthermore, our regulators also have the ability to compel us to take certain actions, or restrict us from taking certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Our failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, or regulatory policies and interpretations of such laws and regulations, could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies (such as a memorandum of understanding, a written supervisory agreement or a cease and desist 43 order), civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our trust and investment management businesses are highly regulated. Through our investment management division, we provide investment management, custody, safekeeping and trust services to institutional clients. These products and services require us to comply with a number of regulations issued by the Department of Labor, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the FDIC Statement of Principles of Trust Department Management, and federal and state securities regulators. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees, litigation, or other sanctions. Any such failure could have an adverse effect on our reputation and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank. The Federal Reserve requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under these requirements, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if the Bank experiences financial distress. A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it, and therefore we may be required to borrow the funds. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We face a risk of noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations and corresponding enforcement proceedings. The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs, and to file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and IRS. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Federal and state bank regulators also focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti- money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we may acquire are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines, and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and engage acquisitions, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. In recent years, sanctions that the regulators have imposed on banks that have not complied with all requirements have been especially severe. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The FDIC, the NYDFS, the Department of Justice, and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. There are proposed revisions to the CRA, which could affect our compliance obligations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws 44 and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisitions and expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. Our financial condition may be affected negatively by the costs of litigation. We may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation, investigations or similar matters arising out of our business. In many cases, we may seek reimbursement from our insurance carriers to cover such costs and expenses. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation or investigation significantly exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may we be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all. From time to time we are, or may become, involved in suits, legal proceedings, information-gatherings, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences. Many aspects of the banking business involve a substantial risk of legal liability. From time to time, we are, or may become, the subject of information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings, and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank regulatory agencies, self-regulatory agencies, and law enforcement authorities. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way we conduct our business or reputational harm. Risks Related to Our Common Stock Shares of our common stock are not an insured deposit. Shares of our common stock are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency and are subject to investment risk, including those outlined in this section. The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders. The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume on our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above your purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management. Because we are an emerging growth company and because we have decided to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we will have the option to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) we are exempt from the requirements to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) we are permitted to have less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and (iii) we are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (although we intend to do so). We may continue to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. It is possible that some investors could find our common 45 stock less attractive because we may take advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. Because we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for an emerging growth company our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates. Because our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, investors may have difficulty evaluating or comparing our business, performance or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock. As an example, we are not required to implement CECL until 2023. As a result, any impact on our financial statements could be delayed compared to other public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we rely on this exemption. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. The market price of our common stock could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity- related securities in the future, at a time and price that we deem appropriate. As of December 31, 2021, we had 31,130,143 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Of the outstanding shares of common stock, all of these shares are freely tradable, except that any shares held by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), only may be sold in compliance with certain limitations. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by actual or anticipated sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the future. In addition, stockholders owning an aggregate 16.48 million shares of our common stock remain entitled to registration rights under existing registration rights agreements. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by actual or anticipated sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the future. Our ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is also subject to regulatory limitations. The Company is a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through the Bank. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock depends primarily on certain federal regulatory considerations and the receipt of dividends and other distributions from the Bank. As is the case with all financial institutions, the profitability of the Bank is subject to the fluctuating cost and availability of money, changes in interest rates, and in economic conditions in general. Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we currently expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends, any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made by our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors. Any actual determination relating to our dividend policy and the declaration of future dividends will be made, subject to applicable law and regulatory approvals, by our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: (i) our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, (ii) our capital levels and needs, (iii) tax considerations, (iv) any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine, (v) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, (vi) the terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, (vii) general economic conditions and (viii) other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may determine not to pay any cash dividends at any time. There can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. For more information, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities —Dividend Policy.” 46 Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness. Shares of our common stock are equity interests and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, our common stock ranks junior to all of our customer deposits and indebtedness, and other non-equity claims on us, with respect to assets available to satisfy claims. Additionally, holders of common stock may be subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any series of preferred stock we may issue. We have several significant investors whose individual interests may differ from yours. A significant percentage of our common stock is currently held by investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies, LLC (“Yucaipa”) and an amalgamation of Workers United and numerous joint boards, locals or similar organizations authorized under the constitution of Workers United (the “Workers United Related Parties”). Yucaipa owns approximately 12% of our outstanding common stock and the Workers United Related Parties own approximately 41% of our common stock. Although Yucaipa entered into a passivity commitment with regulators that limit its ability to influence us either individually or as a group, it will continue to have a significant level of influence over us because of its level of common stock ownership and its right to representation on our Board of Directors. For example, significant stockholders will have a greater ability than our other stockholders to influence the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including mergers and acquisition transactions, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and other extraordinary corporate matters. The interests of these investors could conflict with the interests of our other stockholders, and any future transfer by these investors of their shares of common stock to other investors who have different business objectives could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects or the market value of our common stock. Yucaipa and Workers United Related Parties have also entered into agreements with us that contain certain provisions, including, among others, provisions relating to our governance, information rights, tag-along rights, board designation rights, and certain board and stockholder approval rights. Additionally, Yucaipa and Workers United Related Parties have entered into agreements with us that provide certain registration rights under existing registration rights agreements, and in the case of the Workers United Related Parties, the establishment of an advisory board. Transfers of our common stock owned by the Workers United Related Parties could adversely impact your rights as a stockholder and the market price of our common stock. The Workers United Related Parties may transfer all or part of the shares of our common stock that they own, without allowing you to participate or realize a premium for any investment in our common stock, or distribute shares of our common stock that it owns to their members. Sales or distributions by the Workers United Related Parties of such common stock could adversely impact prevailing market prices for our common stock. Additionally, a sale of common stock by the Workers United Related Parties to a third party could adversely impact the market price of our common stock and our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a change in control caused by the sale of our shares by the Workers United Related Parties may result in a change of management decisions and business policy. Shares of our common stock are subject to dilution. As of December 31, 2021, we had 31,130,143 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Under our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors and subject to any limitations under applicable laws or the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market, we may issue up to 38,869,857 additional shares of our common stock, which authorized amount could be increased by a vote of a majority of our outstanding shares. We may issue additional shares of our common stock in the future pursuant to current or future equity compensation plans or in connection with future acquisitions or financings. If we choose to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock for any reason, the issuance would have a dilutive effect on the holders of our common stock and could have a material negative effect on the value of our common stock. Risks Related to the Withdrawal of Our Regulatory Applications to Merge with Amalgamated Investments Company The recent withdrawal of our regulatory applications to merge with AIC and ABOC could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. On February 25, 2022, we announced that we had withdrawn our applications for regulatory approval to merge with AIC and ABOC. We believe that our inability to obtain such approval and complete the merger may materially and adversely affect our 47 business, results of operations and financial condition, due to the following: • we may become subject to litigation related to the withdrawal of our merger applications or to proceedings commenced against us in relation to the merger agreement, which could cause us to incur substantial costs and may materially distract our management; • we may experience negative media attention, which may adversely affect our reputation; • we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline; and • we may experience negative reactions from our customers and personnel. The occurrence of any of these events individually or in combination could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 48 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. None. Item 2. Properties. As of December 31, 2021, our five branch offices and one commercial office in Boston are leased. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion. We lease 133,276 square feet in a building located at 275 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10001 that serves as our corporate headquarters. Item 3. Legal Proceedings. We are subject to certain pending and threatened legal proceedings that arise out of the ordinary course of business. Additionally, we, like all banking organizations, are subject to regulatory examinations and investigations. Based upon management’s current knowledge, following consultation with legal counsel, in the opinion of management, there is no pending or threatened legal matter that would result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operation, either individually or in the aggregate. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not applicable. 49 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Market Information and Holders of Record Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AMAL.” As of December 31, 2021, we had 31,130,143 shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 104 stockholders of record. Dividend Policy Before the Reorganization, the Bank had paid a cash dividend to holders of its common stock quarterly since its initial public offering in August 2018. Following the Reorganization, we intend to continue paying a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per share on our common stock, although we may elect not to pay dividends or to change the amount of such dividends. Any actual determination relating to our dividend policy and the declaration of future dividends will be made, subject to applicable law and regulatory approvals, by our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: (1) our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, (2) our capital levels and needs, (3) tax considerations, (4) any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine, (5) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, (6) the terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, (7) general economic conditions and (8) other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company generally should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve has also indicated that a bank holding company should not maintain a level of cash dividends that places undue pressure on the capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that can be funded only through additional borrowings or other arrangements that undermine the bank holding company’s ability to act as a source of strength. As a Delaware public benefit corporation, we are also subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the DGCL. Generally, a Delaware corporation may only pay dividends either out of surplus or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s net profits. Surplus is defined as the excess, if any, at any given time, of the total assets of a corporation over its total liabilities and statutory capital. The value of a corporation’s assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value. We pay cash dividends to our stockholders from our assets, which are provided primarily by dividends paid to the Company by our Bank. Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. Federal bank regulators have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current earnings. The FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations also prohibit depository institutions, such as the Bank, from making any “capital distribution,” which includes any transaction that the FDIC determines, by order or regulation, to be “in substance a distribution of capital,” unless the depository institution will continue to be at least adequately capitalized after the distribution is made. Pursuant to these provisions, it is possible that the FDIC would seek to prohibit the payment of dividends from the Bank to the Company if we failed to maintain a status of at least adequately capitalized. The New York Banking Law contains similar provisions. There can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and “Supervision and Regulation—Amalgamated Financial Corp.— Capital Requirements and Payment of Dividends” and “Supervision and Regulation—Amalgamated Bank—Payment of Dividends.” 50 Stock Performance Graph The following stock performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder returns for the Company's common stock, KBW Bank Index and the KBW Regional Bank Index for the periods indicated. The graph assumes that an investor originally invested $100 in shares of the Bank's common stock at its closing price on August 8, 2018, the first day that the Company's shares were traded, and assumes reinvestment of dividends and other distributions to stockholders. The following stock performance graph and related information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. The stock performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of future performance. Amalgamated KBW Bank Index KBW Regional Bank Index 8/9/18 12/31/18 12/31/19 12/31/20 3/31/21 6/30/21 9/30/21 12/31/21 $ 100.00 $ 118.54 $ 120.00 $ 87.03 $ 105.60 $ 99.98 $ 101.71 $ 108.30 100.00 100.00 78.50 77.81 106.86 96.38 95.84 88.01 118.35 114.16 124.07 112.53 130.08 116.15 132.60 120.27 Cumulative Total Returns Period Ending Repurchases of Equity Securities There were no purchases of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2021 by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliate purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act. There were 21,535 shares withheld by the Company during the three months ended December 31, 2021 to pay the taxes associated with the vesting of stock options. Effective April 13, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $10 million of our outstanding common stock over the next one-year period. The authorization did not require us to acquire any specified number of shares and can be suspended or discontinued without prior notice. Under this authorization, $2.5 million of common stock were purchased during the second quarter of 2021. The approximate dollar value that may yet to be purchased under the plans or programs is $7.5 million. 51 Item 6. [Reserved] Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. General The following is a discussion of our consolidated financial condition as of December 31, 2021, as compared to December 31, 2020, and our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019. The purpose of this discussion is to focus on information about our financial condition and results of operations which is not otherwise apparent from our consolidated financial statements and is intended to provide insight into our results of operations and financial condition. This discussion and analysis is best read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes as well as the financial and statistical data appearing elsewhere in this report. Historical results of operations and the percentage relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate results of operations for any future periods. The comparison of our financial results for the year ended December 31, 2020 to those for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is included in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2021. In addition to historical information, this discussion includes certain forward-looking statements regarding business matters and events and trends that may affect our future results. For additional information regarding forward-looking statements and our related cautionary disclosures, see the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page ii of this report. In this discussion, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the Company and the Bank. However, if the discussion relates to a period before the Effective Date of our Reorganization, the terms refer only to the Bank. Overview Our business Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation was formed on August 25, 2020 to serve as the holding company for the Bank, which was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. On March 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Bank and the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the Company. Although we are no longer majority union-owned, The Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America’s successor, Workers United, an affiliate of the Service Employees International Union that represents workers in the textile, distribution, food service and gaming industries, remains a significant stockholder, holding approximately 41% of our equity as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, our total assets were $7.1 billion, our total loans, net of deferred fees and allowance were $3.3 billion, our total deposits were $6.4 billion, and our stockholders' equity was $563.9 million. As of December 31, 2021, our trust business held $40.2 billion in assets under custody and $17.3 billion in assets under management. We offer a complete suite of commercial and retail banking, investment management and trust and custody services. Our commercial banking and trust businesses are national in scope and we also offer a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers through our three branch offices across New York City, one branch office in Washington, D.C., one branch office in San Francisco, one commercial office in Boston and our digital banking platform. Our corporate divisions include Commercial Banking, Trust and Investment Management and Consumer Banking. Our product line includes residential mortgage loans, C&I loans, CRE loans, multifamily mortgages, and a variety of commercial and consumer deposit products, including non-interest bearing accounts, interest-bearing demand products, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer online banking and bill payment services, online cash management, safe deposit box rentals, debit card and ATM card services and the availability of a nationwide network of ATMs for our customers. We currently offer a wide range of trust, custody and investment management services, including asset safekeeping, corporate actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers, and conversion management. We also offer a broad range of investment products, including both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate and alternative investment strategies to meet the needs of our clients. Our products and services are tailored to our target customer base that prefers a financial partner that is socially responsible, values-oriented and committed to creating positive change in the world. These customers include advocacy-based non-profits, social welfare organizations, national labor unions, political 52 organizations, foundations, socially responsible businesses, and other for-profit companies that seek to ensure their profit-making activities align for the benefit of all their stakeholders. In 2021, we introduced ResponsiFunds which is a suite of ESG impact products designed to align our clients' investment growth goals with their organizational values. Our goal is to be the go-to financial partner for people and organizations who strive to make a meaningful impact in our society and who care about their communities, the environment, and social justice. The growth of our business is fundamental to our social mission and how we deliver impact and value for our stakeholders. The Company has obtained B CorporationTM certification, a distinction earned after being evaluated under rigorous standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency. The Company is also the largest of twelve commercial financial institutions in the United States that are members of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values, a network of banking leaders from around the world committed to advancing positive change in the banking sector. Over the course of 2021, we were recognized for our leadership on the global stage for our work on climate change with governance positions in the United Nations convened Net Zero Banking Alliance and the Global Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials and an advisory role for the Glasgow Finance Alliance for Net Zero. Subordinated Debt Issuance On November 8, 2021, the Company completed a public offering of $85.0 million of aggregated principal amount of 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate subordinated notes due 2031. The subordinated notes will mature on November 15, 2031. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general business purposes, including ongoing working capital needs. Continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business The COVID-19 pandemic continues to create disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and its related variants is fluid and continues to evolve, adversely affecting many of our clients. Our business, financial condition and results of operations generally rely upon the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, the value of collateral underlying our secured loans, and demand for loans and other products and services we offer, which are highly dependent on the business environment in our primary markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. The unprecedented and rapid spread of COVID-19 and its variants and their associated impacts on trade (including supply chains and export levels), travel, employee productivity, unemployment, consumer spending, and other economic activities have resulted in, and continue to result in, less economic activity, and volatility and disruption in financial markets, and has had an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, market interest rates have declined to and remain at historic lows, despite the increase in market interest rates that the economy is beginning to experience. These reductions in interest rates and the other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have had, and are expected to continue to have, material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations is currently uncertain and will depend on various developments and other factors, including the effect of governmental and private sector initiatives, the effect of the rollout of vaccinations for the virus and its variants, whether such vaccinations will be effective against another resurgence of the virus, including any new strains, and the ability for customers and businesses to return to their pre-pandemic routines. In addition, it is reasonably possible that certain significant estimates made in our financial statements could be materially and adversely affected in the near term as a result of these conditions. As a result of these events, we have seen the following continuing impacts to our business since the start of the pandemic: Impacts on our operations In response to the pandemic, we took a wide range of actions to help protect our employees and customers and to ensure the operational continuity of our business, while continuing to provide core banking services to our consumer and commercial clients. The majority of our employees continue to work remotely with the exception of essential branch and facility staff. As the pandemic subsides, we expect more of our employees to return to the office. There may be risks inherent in providing safe, effective working environments for our staff, including transport, building logistics, and working conditions. As a result of the temporary closures or reduced hours at several of our branches, we reassessed our branch network and permanently closed six branches due to low traffic. We expect to fully serve these affected customers through our remaining branch network and through our digital platform. We took a charge of $8.3 million related to these branch closures in 2020. However, a benefit to our non-interest expenses of approximately $4.0 million was recognized during 2021. 53 Impacts on our loan portfolio The disruption in economic activity across the United States, and particularly in New York, caused stress in the financial condition of both our consumer and commercial clients. As a result, we established programs offering payment deferrals for customers that needed assistance. In accordance with interagency guidance and the CARES Act, short term deferrals granted due to the COVID-19 pandemic were not considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) unless the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty prior to the pandemic. The CARES Act provided temporary relief from the accounting and reporting requirements for TDRs regarding certain loan modifications related to COVID-19. Other impacts on our results of operation and financial condition In addition to the factors above, we believe the following factors may impact our earnings, though we are unable to quantify the impacts at this time: • • • • Increased allowance related to loans that continue to be impacted by the economy after the payment deferral periods end Lower net interest margin due to the federal funds rate remaining near zero despite the Federal Reserve's indication that it will be raising the target for the federal funds rate Lower loan originations as the credit worthiness of borrowers may be impacted by the current economic environment Turnover due to the "great resignation" resulting in additional expenses to replace talent As of December 31, 2021, we had $12.9 million of goodwill. During the second quarter of 2021, we performed our annual impairment analysis and determined no goodwill impairment was required. However, we will continue to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and the related economic impact, including changes in our stock price, the Federal Reserve’s significant reduction in interest rates and other business and market considerations, which may require us to reevaluate our goodwill impairment analysis. Any goodwill impairment charges we incur could have a material adverse effect on our earnings for one reporting period, but would not impact our cash flow or regulatory capital levels. These factors, together or in combination with other events or occurrences that may not yet be known or anticipated, may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Critical Accounting Estimates Our consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of accounting policies generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, the most significant of which are described in Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements, starting on page 87 of this report. To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates, assumptions and judgments based on available information. These estimates, assumptions and judgments affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements and, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions and judgments reflected in the financial statements. In particular, management has identified accounting policies that, due to the estimates, assumptions and judgments inherent in those policies, are critical in understanding our financial statements. Management has presented the application of these policies to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that require us to make complex and subjective judgments. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements, which begin on page 87 of this report. Allowance for loan losses We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) at a level we believe is sufficient to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other factors, including past loss experience, the results of our ongoing loan grading process, the amount of past due and nonperforming loans, legal requirements, recommendations or requirements of regulatory authorities, and current economic conditions. These evaluations are inherently subjective as they require management to make material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Actual losses in any year may exceed allowance amounts. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by provisions released from expense or by actual charge-offs, net of recoveries or previous amounts charged-off. 54 In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, there was no allowance brought forward on any of the loans we acquired in our acquisition of NRB. For purchased non-credit impaired loans, credit and interest rate discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value and the total combined discount is accreted to interest income over the life of the loan. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the method used to evaluate the sufficiency of the discount is similar to organic loans, and if necessary, additional reserves are recognized in the allowance. Our allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific components relate to loans that are individually classified as impaired. Once a loan is deemed to be impaired, we follow guidelines set forth in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 310. For loans secured by CRE, we use collateral value as the basis for determining the size of the impairment. Accruing TDRs are generally evaluated based on the cash flow of the property with any shortfall in the stabilized value of the property charged off. We then compare that balance to the ‘as is’ appraisal value and hold any shortfall as an allowance. Non- accruing loans (TDRs or otherwise) are generally considered collateral dependent via sale of the asset, and we apply the “as is” appraisal less expected cost to sell with any shortfall charged off. For C&I loans, we generally use discounted cash flow as the basis for determining the size of the impairment and any shortfall is held as a specific reserve. The general component relates to loans that are not impaired and not individually evaluated. Loans in the general component are grouped into the following homogeneous pools: • CRE loans; • multi-family loans; • • • • • • • • construction and land loans; C&I; consumer/small business; purchased student loans; purchased Government Guaranteed loans legacy purchased HELOCs and 1-4 family residential loans; HELOCs and 1-4 family residential loans originated by us; and recently purchased 1-4 family residential loans. Commercial loans are further segmented by risk rating: pass, special mention, substandard, accruing substandard, non-accruing and doubtful. We use a historical lookback period to determine loss rates based on our own loss experiences, or, if there is insufficient data, through proxy data. The current lookback period starts in 2010, the earliest time that we have relevant data and will continue to lengthen until we experience a complete economic cycle. Additionally, we apply an estimated loss emergence period (the “LEP”) to recognize that an event may have already occurred that has yet to manifest itself as a deterioration in the credit that may eventually lead to a loss. There are three components to the LEP: (1) observable—the observed time from a downgrade or delinquency to a loss; (2) known pre-emergence period—the time from when information becomes available until a downgrade is recorded; and (3) unknown period—the time between when an event (e.g. loss of income source) occurred until it becomes known and impacts the financial situation of the borrower. We also consider qualitative factors that mirror nine environmental factors suggested by the 2006 Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. These factors are reviewed each quarter using empirical data, where it is available and relevant, to guide management’s judgment to set the level and direction of risk for each factor. The maximum size is determined quarterly by looking at the current loss coverage of the allowance against the historical maximum loss rates during the look back period. We update the loss factors quarterly and the LEP annually. We do not use an unallocated allowance. Together, the quantitative and qualitative reserves form the general component of the allowance. Our allowance is heavily weighted to the general allowances for pools of loans, ASC 450-20, which incorporate quantitative adjustments (e.g., historical loan loss rates) and qualitative adjustments (e.g., portfolio growth and trends, credit concentrations, economic and regulatory factors, etc.). This is a function of the dynamic lookback period, which expands from 2010 and is designed to capture a full credit cycle, and the ‘accordion feature’ of the qualitative scale. The current range of possible outcomes for the qualitative allowance is $7 million to $37 million and at year-end 2021, our qualitative allowance is $14.7 million. Based on management’s determination, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the inherent and specific risks within the entire portfolio. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions or reductions in the allowance may be necessary due to changes in one or more evaluation factors, such as management’s assumptions as to rates of default, loss or recoveries, or management’s intent with regard to disposition or cure options. The amount of the allowance is also affected by the size and composition of the loan portfolio. Based on this assessment, 55 the allowance is adjusted each quarter. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. A shift in lending strategy may also warrant a change in the allowance due to a changing credit profile. In addition, various regulatory agencies review our allowance and may require us to recognize additions to, or charge-offs against, the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. There are several controls around the allowance to insure an adequate, precise, and supportable value. We start with a separation of duties. There is a Process Owner who calculates the allowance and incorporates process controls to insure that all balances are accounted for and the overall accuracy of the data. Next, there is a Control Owner that performs separate controls to confirm the data, calculations, and results. We also have the ALLL Management Committee comprised of the Chief Credit Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Chief Risk Officer who review the totality of the ALLL, assumptions, data, controls and offers creditable challenges. The ALLL Management Committee compares the ALLL to our peers, historic results, and current expectations and then approves the ALLL. The Credit Policy Committee thereafter reviews the ALLL, any changes from the prior quarter, and ratifies the ALLL. Fair value The use of fair values is required in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities, as well as for specific disclosures. ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as an estimate of the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction (i.e., not a forced transaction, such as a liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date and is based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, market prices of the same or similar instruments are used whenever such prices are available. For financial instruments that trade actively and have quoted market prices or observable market parameters, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, we are required to make judgments about assumptions that market participants would use in estimating the fair value of the financial instrument. For example, reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities could result in observable market inputs becoming unavailable. Fair value is estimated using modeling techniques and incorporates assumptions about interest rates, duration, prepayment speeds, future expected cash flows, market conditions, risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance. These assumptions are inherently subjective as they require material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The models used to determine fair value adjustments are periodically evaluated by management for relevance under current facts and circumstances. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance differentiates between those assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value at every reporting period on a recurring basis, such as investment securities that are available-for-sale and those assets and liabilities that are only required to be adjusted to fair value under certain circumstances on a non-recurring basis, such as when there is evidence of impairment. See Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements, which are included beginning on page 120 of this report, for further information on the fair value of financial instruments. Income taxes We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. The objective of this method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the income tax basis of our assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and available tax planning opportunities. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance that impact the relative risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred and accrued taxes as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be material to our operating results. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining tax expense and in evaluating tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties. Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. Such assets arise because of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from net operating loss carryforwards. At least once each year, or more frequently, if warranted, we make estimates of future taxable income that we believe we are likely to generate during those future periods. If we conclude, on the basis of those estimates and 56 the amount of tax benefit available to use, that it is more likely than not that we will be able to use those tax benefits before their expiration, we recognize the deferred tax assets in full on our balance sheet. However, if we conclude that it is more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize those tax benefits in full before their expiration, then we establish a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset on our balance sheet to the amount that we believe we can utilize. The assessment of tax assets and liabilities involves the use of estimates, assumptions, interpretations, and judgments concerning certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes. There can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or positions of federal and state taxing authorities, will not differ from management’s current assessment, the impact of which could be significant to our consolidated results of operations and reported earnings. We also invest in renewable energy projects to derive tax benefits (e.g., investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation). The federal and/or state investment tax credits (ITCs) generated from the project flow to the Company as an investor and provide tax savings or deferred tax assets when not utilized in the current tax year. Federal ITCs are received once the project is placed in service and recognized; state ITCs, if applicable, are subject to a variety of rules that vary by jurisdiction. The accelerated depreciation generated from the project will generally create a deferred tax item as a result of the temporary difference in an investor’s book versus tax basis in that investment. Tax accounting for the ITCs may utilize the flow-through method or the deferral method. The Company has elected the deferral method where the benefit from the income tax credit is reflected in income over the productive life of the investment. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset. See Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements, which are included beginning on page 112 of this report for further information on income taxes. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements See Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, which are included beginning on page 93 of this report for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements that have been or will be adopted by us that will require enhanced disclosures in our financial statements in future periods. Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession generally are not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. Therefore, the effect of changes in interest rates will have a more significant effect on our performance than will the effect of changing prices and inflation in general. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities. For more information about how we evaluate interest rate risk, please see the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Evaluation of Interest Rate Risk.” Results of Operations General Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest- earning assets, consisting primarily of interest income on loans, investment securities and other short-term investments and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Our results of operations are also dependent on non-interest income, consisting primarily of income from Trust Department fees, service charges on deposit accounts, net gains on sales of investment securities and income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”). Other factors contributing to our results of operations include our provisions for loan losses, income taxes, and non-interest expenses, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and depreciation expenses, professional fees, data processing fees and other miscellaneous operating costs. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $52.9 million, or $1.68 per average diluted share, compared to $46.2 million, or $1.48 per average diluted share, for the same period in 2020. The $6.7 million increase was primarily due to a $0.3 57 million recovery of provision for loan loss compared to a $24.8 million provision for loan loss for the same period in 2020, as well as a $1.6 million decrease in non-interest expense. This recovery of provision was partially offset by a $12.2 million decrease in non-interest income and a $5.7 million decrease in net interest income. Additional discussion of our provision for loan losses is included in the “—Provision for Loan Losses” below. Net Interest Income Net interest income, representing interest income less interest expense, is a significant contributor to our revenues and earnings. We generate interest income from interest, dividends and prepayment fees on interest-earning assets, including loans, investment securities and other short-term investments. We incur interest expense from interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (i) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (ii) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (iii) our net interest spread and (iv) our net interest margin. Net interest spread is equal to the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is equal to the annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Because non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as non-interest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these non-interest-bearing sources. Changes in the market interest rates and interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing liabilities, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. 58 The following table sets forth information related to our average balance sheet, average yields on assets, and average costs of liabilities for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Interest earning assets: Average Balance 2021 Income / Expense Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Yield / Rate Average Balance Income / Expense Yield / Rate Average Balance Income / Expense Yield / Rate Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 521,681 $ 651 0.12 % $ 371,112 $ 697 0.19 % $ 75,487 $ 949 1.26 % Securities and FHLB stock 2,461,661 54,614 2.22 % 1,834,384 47,046 2.56 % 1,338,339 45,010 3.36 % Resell Agreements Total loans, net (1)(2) Total interest earning assets Non-interest earning assets: Cash and due from banks Other assets Total assets Interest bearing liabilities: 138,833 1,943 1.40 % 56,440 769 1.36 % — — 0.00 % 3,180,093 123,318 3.88 % 3,527,261 141,983 4.03 % 3,276,603 139,995 4.27 % 6,302,268 180,526 2.86 % 5,789,197 190,495 3.29 % 4,690,429 185,954 3.96 % 7,853 259,718 $ 6,569,839 25,220 229,825 $ 6,044,242 8,159 239,336 $ 4,937,924 Savings, NOW and money market deposits 2,622,584 $ 4,788 0.18 % 2,297,841 $ 7,303 0.32 % 1,902,414 $ 9,068 0.48 % Time deposits Total deposits 248,507 1,035 0.42 % 335,433 3,149 0.94 % 435,157 5,393 1.24 % 2,871,091 5,823 0.20 % 2,633,274 10,452 0.40 % 2,337,571 14,461 0.62 % Federal Home Loan Bank advances 123 — 0.00 % 1,585 12,575 399 3.17 % — 27 — 1.70 % 202,837 4,835 2.38 % 0.00 % 890 21 2.36 % 2,883,789 6,222 0.22 % 2,634,859 10,479 0.40 % 2,541,298 19,317 0.76 % Other Borrowings Total interest bearing liabilities Non-interest bearing liabilities: Demand and transaction deposits Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders' equity 3,017,621 116,256 6,017,666 552,173 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 6,569,839 2,798,106 102,282 5,535,247 508,995 $ 6,044,242 1,832,083 93,816 4,467,197 470,727 $ 4,937,924 Net interest income / interest rate spread Net interest earning assets / net interest margin $ 174,304 2.64 % $ 180,016 2.89 % $ 166,637 3.20 % $ 3,418,479 2.77 % $ 3,154,338 3.11 % $ 2,149,131 3.55 % Total Cost of Deposits 0.19 % (1) Amounts are net of deferred origination costs (fees) and the allowance for loan losses and includes loans held for sale (2) Income and yield includes prepayment penalty income in December YTD 2021 of $1.7 million, December YTD 2020 of $4.1 million, and December YTD 2019 of $888,234. 0.10 % 0.35 % Net interest income was $174.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $180.0 million for the same period in 2020. This decrease of $5.7 million was primarily attributable to a decrease in average loans and lower yields earned on securities and loans. These impacts are partially offset by an increase in average securities and a decrease in average rates paid on deposits. Net interest spread was 2.64% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 2.89% for the same period in 2020, a decrease of 25 basis points. Our net interest margin was 2.77% for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of 34 basis points from 3.11% in the same period in 2020. This was largely due to the excess liquidity held on the balance sheet due to increased deposits as depositors held cash due to the uncertainty around the pandemic. The yield on average earning assets was 2.86% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 3.29% for the same period in 2020, a decrease of 43 basis points. This decrease was driven primarily by a decrease in yields on loans and securities due to a 59 decrease in the Federal Funds rate. The Federal Funds rate began a steep decline during 2019 and continued during the beginning of the pandemic, remaining 1 basis point or lower since May 2020. The average rate on interest-bearing liabilities, comprised almost entirely of deposits, was 0.22% for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of 18 basis points from the same period in 2020, which was primarily due to the mix of deposits shifting from higher cost CDs to lower cost money market deposits and a decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 51% of average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2021, contributing to a total cost of deposits of 10 basis points in 2021. Rate-Volume Analysis Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest- earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in weighted average interest rates. The table below presents the effect of volume and rate changes on interest income and expense. Changes in volume are changes in the average balance multiplied by the previous period’s average rate. Changes in rate are changes in the average rate multiplied by the average balance from the previous period. The net changes attributable to the combined impact of both rate and volume have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate: (In thousands) Interest earning assets: Interest-bearing deposits in banks Securities and FHLB stock Resell agreements Total loans, net Total interest income Interest bearing liabilities: Savings, NOW and money market deposits Time deposits Total deposits Federal Home Loan Bank advances Other Borrowings Total borrowings Total interest expense Change in net interest income Provision for Loan Losses Year Ended December 31, 2021 over December 31, 2020 Changes Due To Rate Volume Net Change $ $ $ 227 $ 15,183 1,151 $ (13,784) 2,777 664 (466) 198 — 199 199 397 2,380 $ (273) $ (7,615) 23 $ (4,881) (12,746) (3,179) (1,648) (4,827) (27) 200 173 (4,654) (8,092) $ (46) 7,568 1,174 (18,665) (9,969) (2,515) (2,114) (4,629) (27) 399 372 (4,257) (5,712) We establish an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged as an expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The provision for loan losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance at an adequate level to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate under GAAP. Our determination of the amount of the allowance and corresponding provision for loan losses considers ongoing evaluations of the credit quality and level of credit risk inherent in our loan portfolio, levels of nonperforming loans and charge-offs, statistical trends and economic and other relevant factors. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by recoveries of provisions released from expense or by actual charge-offs, net of recoveries on prior loan charge-offs. In accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations, we recorded all loans acquired in the NRB acquisition at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition with no carryover of the related allowance. 60 Provision for loan losses totaled a recovery of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to an expense of $24.8 million for the same period in 2020. The recovery for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by lower loan balances and improvements in credit quality, offset by charge-offs primarily related to our focus on reducing nonperforming assets. For a further discussion of the allowance, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” below. Non-Interest Income Our non-interest income includes Trust Department fees, which consist of fees received in connection with investment advisory and custodial management services of investment accounts, service fees charged on deposit accounts, income on BOLI, gain or loss on sales of securities, sales of loans, and other real estate owned, income from equity method investments, and other income. The following table presents our non-interest income for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Trust Department fees Service charges on deposit accounts Bank-owned life insurance Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities available for sale, net Gain (loss) on sale of loans, net Gain (loss) on other real estate owned, net Equity method investments Other income Total non-interest income Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 13,352 $ 15,222 $ 9,355 2,388 649 1,887 (407) 150 1,015 9,201 3,085 1,605 2,520 (482) 7,411 2,042 $ 28,389 $ 40,604 $ 18,598 8,544 1,649 83 13 (564) — 878 29,201 Non-interest income was $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $40.6 million for the same period in 2020, a decrease of $12.2 million. This decrease is primarily due to the tax credits on equity investment projects being in a loss position compared to a gain position in the prior year, as well as a $1.4 million gain on the sale of a branch reported in other non- interest income in the prior year, and a $1.9 million decrease in Trust Department fees primarily attributed to the run-off of the ULTRA real estate fund, which ceased earning revenues in 2020. Due to increased levels of cash and cash equivalents during 2021, the Company engaged in fewer securities sales resulting in a $1.0 million decrease in gain (loss) on sale of investment securities, net. The decrease in equity method investments is primarily driven by the structure of our solar tax equity investments whereas the realization of tax benefits in the projects lives and subsequent change in the fair value of the investments creates volatility in the earnings stream. Each investment contributes income when established due to tax credits and then generates losses until it reaches a steady state income phase. Non-Interest Expense Non-interest expense includes compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and depreciation expense, professional fees (including legal, accounting and other professional services), data processing, office maintenance and depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, advertising and promotion, and other expenses. The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated: 61 (In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 Compensation and employee benefits, net $ 69,844 $ 69,421 $ Occupancy and depreciation Professional fees Data processing Office maintenance and depreciation Amortization of intangible assets Advertising and promotion Other Total non-interest expense 14,023 12,961 16,042 3,057 1,207 3,230 11,891 132,255 $ $ 23,040 11,205 11,330 3,314 1,370 3,514 10,692 133,886 70,276 17,721 11,934 10,880 3,540 1,374 2,908 9,194 127,827 Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $132.3 million, a decrease of $1.6 million from $133.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a $9.0 million decrease in occupancy and depreciation expense due to the branch closures in the prior year and lower rent expense in the current year, offset by a $1.8 million increase in professional fees mainly related to our holding company formation and chief executive officer search, $1.3 million in merger- related expenses, a $4.7 million increase in data processing mainly related to the modernization of our Trust Department and increased transaction processing costs post COVID-19, and a $1.2 million increase in other expenses mainly related to insurance costs, reserves for unused loan commitments, and foreclosure recoveries that were recognized in the prior year. Income Taxes We had a provision for income tax expense of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $15.8 million for the same period in 2020. Our effective tax rate was 25.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 25.4% for the same period in 2020. Financial Condition Balance Sheet Total assets were $7.1 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $6.0 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase of $1.1 billion was driven primarily by a $291.7 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and a $922.7 million increase in investment securities, of which $206.4 million was from PACE assessments, which was partially offset by a $170.9 million decrease in loans receivable, net. Investment Securities The primary goal of our securities portfolio is to maintain an available source of liquidity and an efficient investment return on excess capital, while maintaining a low-risk profile. We also use our securities portfolio to manage interest rate risk, meet Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) goals, support the Company's mission, and to provide collateral for certain types of deposits or borrowings. An Investment Committee chaired by our Chief Financial Officer manages our investment securities portfolio according to written investment policies approved by our Board of Directors. Investments in our securities portfolio may change over time based on management’s objectives and market conditions. We seek to minimize credit risk in our securities portfolio through diversification, concentration limits, restrictions on high risk investments (such as subordinated positions), comprehensive pre-purchase analysis and stress testing, ongoing monitoring and by investing a significant portion of our securities portfolio in U.S. Government sponsored entity (“GSE”) obligations. GSEs include the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). GNMA is a wholly- owned U.S. Government corporation whereas FHLMC and FNMA are private. Mortgage-related securities may include mortgage pass-through certificates, participation certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). We invest in non-GSE securities, including property assessed clean energy, or PACE, bonds, in order to generate higher returns, improve portfolio 62 diversification and reduce interest rate and prepayment risk. With the exception of small legacy CRA investments, Trust Preferred securities, and certain corporate bonds, all of our non-GSE securities are senior positions that are the top of the capital structure. Our investment securities portfolio consists of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity. There were no trading securities in our investment portfolio at December 31, 2021 or at December 31, 2020. All available for sale securities are carried at fair value and may be used for liquidity purposes should management consider it to be in our best interest. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had available for sale securities of $2.1 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The $573.5 million increase was primarily from the purchase of asset-backed securities (“ABS”). At December 31, 2021, our held to maturity securities portfolio primarily consisted of PACE bonds, tax-exempt municipal securities, GSE residential certificates and other debt. We carry these securities at amortized cost. We had held to maturity securities of $843.6 million at December 31, 2021, and $494.4 million at December 31, 2020. The majority of this increase was from growth in PACE bonds. Certain securities have fair values less than amortized cost and, therefore, contain unrealized losses. At December 31, 2021, we evaluated those securities which had an unrealized loss for other than temporary impairment, or OTTI, and determined all of the decline in value to be temporary. There were $1.2 billion of investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2021 of which none had a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 consecutive months or longer that was greater than 5% of amortized cost. We anticipate full recovery of amortized cost with respect to these securities by the time that these securities mature, or sooner in the case that a more favorable market interest rate environment causes their fair value to increase. We do not intend to sell these securities and we believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell them before full recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at the time of their maturity. The following table is a summary of our investment portfolio, using market value for available for sale securities and amortized cost for held to maturity securities, as of the dates indicated. 63 (In thousands) Available for sale: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates $ Other debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate Total available for sale Held to maturity: Mortgage-related: GSE commercial certificates GSE residential certificates Non GSE commercial certificates Non GSE residential certificates $ Other debt: ABS PACE Municipal Other Total held to maturity December 31, 2021 % of Portfolio Amount December 31, 2020 % of Portfolio Amount December 31, 2019 % of Portfolio Amount 3,967 463,883 370,364 66,139 81,101 200 989,188 14,147 124,421 2,113,410 30,742 442 10,333 10,796 75,800 627,394 84,962 3,100 843,569 0.1 % $ 15.7 % 12.5 % 2.3 % 2.7 % 13,299 366,421 432,614 33,384 44,968 0.7 % $ 36,385 18.0 % 282,434 21.3 % 253,913 59,008 1.6 % 46,874 2.2 % 0.0 % 33.5 % 0.5 % 4.2 % 71.5 % 203 597,546 13,773 37,654 1,539,862 0.0 % 199 29.3 % 523,777 13,897 0.7 % 8,283 1.9 % 75.7 % 1,224,770 1.0 % $ 0.0 % 0.3 % 0.4 % — 611 212 — 0.0 % $ 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % — 635 270 — 2.6 % $ 21.2 % 2.9 % 0.1 % 28.5 % — 421,036 67,490 5,100 494,449 0.0 % $ — 20.7 % 263,805 22,894 5,100 292,704 3.3 % 0.3 % 24.3 % 2.4 % 18.6 % 16.7 % 3.9 % 3.1 % 0.0 % 34.5 % 0.9 % 0.6 % 80.7 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 17.4 % 1.5 % 0.3 % 19.3 % Total securities $ 2,956,979 100.0 % $ 2,034,311 100.0 % $ 1,517,474 100.0 % 64 The following table show contractual maturities and yields for the available-for sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios: Contractual Maturity as of December 31, 2021 One Year or Less One to Five Years Five to Ten Years Amortized Cost Weighted Average Yield (1) Amortized Cost Weighted Average Yield (1) Amortized Cost Weighted Average Yield (1) Due after Ten Years Weighted Average Yield (1) Amortized Cost (In thousands) Available for sale: Mortgage-related: — — 0.0 % $ 0.0 % — — 0.0 % $ 0.0 % — 43,134 3,838 0.0 % $ 1.6 % 417,437 2.5 % 1.5 % 1,054 3.1 % 16,876 2.5 % 243,893 1.2 % 102,451 2.3 % GSE residential certificates $ GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates Other debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate Held to maturity: Mortgage-related: GSE commercial certificates GSE residential certificates Non GSE commercial certificates Non GSE residential certificates Other debt: ABS PACE Municipal Other — — 200 — — — — — — — 0.0 % 0.0 % — — 0.0 % 0.0 % — — 0.0 % 66,756 1.9 % 0.0 % 81,705 1.6 % 1.7 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % — 5,000 — 38,043 0.0 % — 1.1 % 304,019 14,631 0.0 % 84,970 4.3 % 0.0 % — 1.6 % 679,042 — 0.8 % — 3.5 % 0.0 % 1.8 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % — — — — — — — 1,100 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 3.4 % — — — 2,000 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 3.3 % — — — — — — — — 0.0 % 0.0 % 30,742 442 1.9 % 3.6 % 0.0 % 10,333 1.9 % 0.0 % 10,796 0.0 % 0.0 % 75,800 0.0 % 627,394 84,962 0.0 % — 0.0 % 0.0 % 4.2 % 2.1 % 0.0 % Total securities 2.5 % (1) Estimated yield based on book price (amortized cost divided by par) using estimated prepayments and no change in interest rates. Securities yields are not reported on a taxable-equivalent basis as the impact on the portfolio yield is not material. 1.7 % $ 2,191,698 3.1 % $ 61,919 3.5 % $ 690,647 2,354 $ 65 The following table shows a breakdown of our asset backed securities by sector and ratings as of December 31, 2021: (In thousands) Amount % CLO Commercial & Industrial $ 612,234 Consumer Mortgage Student 199,361 169,334 84,010 57 % 19 % 16 % 8 % Total Securities: $ 1,064,939 100 % Expected Avg. Life in Years 3.5 4.4 2.9 5.0 3.7 Credit Ratings Highest Rating if split rated % Floating % AAA % AA % A % BBB % Not Rated Total 88 % 0 % 100 % 83 % 73 % 100 % 18 % 100 % 100 % 84 % 0 % 21 % 0 % 0 % 4 % 0 % 57 % 0 % 0 % 11 % 0 % 4 % 0 % 0 % 1 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 100 % Loans Lending-related income is the most important component of our net interest income and is the main driver of our results of operations. Total loans, net of deferred origination fees and allowance for loan losses, were $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2021 compared to $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2020. Within our commercial loan portfolio, our primary focus has been on C&I, multifamily and CRE lending. Within our retail loan portfolio, our primary focus has been on residential 1-4 family (1st lien) mortgages. We intend to focus any organic growth in our loan portfolio on these lending areas as part of our strategic plan. We actively purchase loans from other originating institutions that we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. Over the last two years we have made the following loan purchases: • • In 2021, we purchased $154.0 million of residential solar loans, $81.1 million of commercial loans that are unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government, $45.6 million of residential mortgages, $9.6 million of commercial energy efficient loans and $2.5 million of consumer home improvement loans. In 2020, we purchased $114.4 million of commercial loans that are unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government (which includes $51.3 million of loans originated through the Government’s Paycheck Protection Program), $80.3 million of residential solar loans, $34.6 million of residential mortgages and $2.0 million of commercial energy efficiency loans We plan to selectively evaluate the purchase of additional loan pools that meet our underwriting criteria as part of our strategic plan. 66 The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: (In thousands) December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Amount % of total loans Amount % of total loans Commercial portfolio: Commercial and industrial Multifamily mortgages $ Commercial real estate mortgages Construction and land development mortgages Total commercial portfolio Retail portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio Total loans Net deferred loan origination costs (fees) Allowance for loan losses Total loans, net Commercial loan portfolio 729,385 821,801 369,429 31,539 1,952,154 1,063,682 291,818 1,355,500 3,307,654 4,570 (35,866) 22.0 % $ 24.8 % 11.2 % 1.0 % 59.0 % 677,192 947,177 372,736 56,087 2,053,192 32.2 % 8.8 % 41.0 % 100.0 % 1,238,697 190,676 1,429,373 3,482,565 6,330 (41,589) 19.5 % 27.2 % 10.7 % 1.6 % 59.0 % 35.5 % 5.5 % 41.0 % 100.0 % $ 3,276,358 $ 3,447,306 Our commercial loan portfolio comprised 59.0% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 59.0% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. The major categories of our commercial loan portfolio are discussed below: C&I. Our C&I loans are generally made to small and medium-sized manufacturers and wholesale, retail and service-based businesses to provide either working capital or to finance major capital expenditures. In addition, our C&I portfolio includes commercial solar financings; for many of these we are the sole lender, while for some others we are a participant in a syndicated credit facility led by another institution. The primary source of repayment for C&I loans is generally operating cash flows of the business or project. We also seek to minimize risks related to these loans by requiring such loans to be collateralized by various business assets (including inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, and the assignment of contracts that generate cash flow). The average size of our C&I loans at December 31, 2021 by exposure was $4.0 million with a median size of $1.0 million. We have shifted our lending strategy to focus on developing full customer relationships including deposits, cash management, and lending. The businesses that we focus on are generally mission aligned with our core values, including organic and natural products, sustainable companies, clean energy, nonprofits, and B Corporations TM. Our C&I loans totaled $729.4 million at December 31, 2021, which comprised 22.0% of our total loan portfolio. During the year ended 2021, the C&I loan portfolio increased by 7.7% from $677.2 million at December 31, 2020. Multifamily. Our multifamily loans are generally used to purchase or refinance apartment buildings of five units or more, which collateralize the loan, in major metropolitan areas within our markets. Multifamily loans have 80% of their exposure in New York City—our largest geographic concentration. Our multifamily loans have been underwritten under stringent guidelines on loan-to- value and debt service coverage ratios that are designed to mitigate credit and concentration risk in this loan category. Our multifamily loans totaled $821.8 million at December 31, 2021, which comprised 24.8% of our total loan portfolio. During the year ended 2021, the multifamily loan portfolio decreased by 13.2% from $947.2 million at December 31, 2020. CRE. Our CRE loans are used to purchase or refinance office buildings, retail centers, industrial facilities, medical facilities and mixed-used buildings. Included in this total are 21 borrowers financing owner‑occupied buildings which account for an aggregate total of $42.5 million in loans as of December 31, 2021. Our CRE loans totaled $369.4 million at December 31, 2021, which comprised 11.2% of our total loan portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the CRE loan portfolio decreased by 0.9% from $372.7 million at December 31, 2020. 67 Retail loan portfolio Our retail loan portfolio comprised 41.0% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 41.0% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. The major categories of our retail loan portfolio are discussed below: Residential real estate lending. Our residential 1-4 family mortgage loans are residential mortgages that are primarily secured by single-family homes, which can be owner occupied or investor owned. These loans are either originated by our loan officers or purchased from other originators with the servicing retained by such originators. Our residential real estate lending portfolio is 99% first mortgage loans and 1% second mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2021, 82% of our residential 1-4 family mortgage loans were either originated by our loan officers since 2012 or were acquired in our acquisition of NRB, 14% were purchased from two third parties on or after July 2014, and 4% were purchased by us from other originators before 2010. Our residential real estate lending loans totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021, which comprised 78.5% of our retail loan portfolio and 32.2% of our total loan portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2021, our residential real estate lending loans decreased by 14.1% from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020. Consumer and other. Our consumer and other portfolio is comprised of purchased student loans, residential solar loans, unsecured consumer loans and overdraft lines. Our consumer and other loans totaled $291.8 million at December 31, 2021, which comprised 8.8% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $190.7 million, or 5.5% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased loan purchases within our residential solar loans portfolio. Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates The information in the following table is based on the contractual maturities of individual loans, including loans that may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity. Renewal of these loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as modification of terms upon maturity. Actual repayments of loans may differ from the maturities reflected below because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. The following tables summarize the loan maturity distribution by type and related interest rate characteristics at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: (In thousands) December 31, 2021: Commercial Portfolio: Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Retail Portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total Loans (In thousands) Gross loan maturing after one year with: Fixed interest rates Floating or adjustable interest rates Total Loans One year or less After one but within five years After 5 years Total $ 89,499 $ 241,432 $ 398,454 $ 147,340 88,506 29,264 429,126 222,843 2,275 245,335 58,080 — 729,385 821,801 369,429 31,539 399 1,327 356,335 $ 1,836 1,151 898,663 $ 1,061,447 289,340 2,052,656 $ 1,063,682 291,818 3,307,654 $ After one but within five years After 5 years Total $ $ 709,569 $ 189,094 898,663 $ 1,456,484 $ 596,172 2,052,656 $ 2,166,053 785,266 2,951,319 68 (In thousands) December 31, 2020: Commercial Portfolio: One year or less After one but within five years After 5 years Total Commercial and industrial $ 149,870 $ 266,209 $ 261,113 $ Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development 127,009 58,124 41,293 496,107 259,664 9,773 324,061 54,948 5,021 677,192 947,177 372,736 56,087 Retail Portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total Loans (In thousands) Gross loan maturing after one year with: Fixed interest rates Floating or adjustable interest rates Total Loans Allowance for Loan Losses 450 536 1,834 2,372 1,236,413 187,768 1,238,697 190,676 $ 377,282 $ 1,035,959 $ 2,069,324 $ 3,482,565 After one but within five years After 5 years Total $ $ 870,644 $ 1,360,222 $ 2,230,865 165,315 709,102 874,417 1,035,959 $ 2,069,324 $ 3,105,282 We maintain the allowance at a level we believe is sufficient to absorb probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio given the conditions at the time. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other factors, including end-of-period loan levels and portfolio composition, observable trends in nonperforming loans, our historical loan losses, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, underwriting practices, adverse situations that may impact a borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value and sufficiency of any underlying collateral, credit risk grade assessments, loan impairment and economic conditions. These evaluations are inherently subjective as they require management to make material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to expense and decreased by actual charge-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance consists of specific allowances for loans that are individually classified as impaired and general components. Impaired loans include loans placed on nonaccrual status and TDRs. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreements. When determining if we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, we consider the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, support from guarantors, and the realized value of any collateral. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impaired loans are individually identified and evaluated for impairment based on a combination of internally assigned risk ratings and a defined dollar threshold. If a loan is impaired, a specific reserve is applied to the loan so that the loan is reported, net, at the discounted expected future cash flows or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is collateral dependent. Impaired loans which do not meet the criteria for individual evaluation are evaluated in homogeneous pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, there was no allowance brought forward on any of the loans we acquired in our acquisition of NRB. For purchased non-credit impaired loans, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value and the discount is accreted to interest income over the life of the loan. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the method used to evaluate the sufficiency of the credit discount is similar to organic loans, and if necessary, additional reserves are recognized in the allowance. At the close of the NRB acquisition, there were no purchase credit impaired loans. 69 The following tables presents, by loan type, the changes in the allowance for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Balance at beginning of period Loan charge-offs: Commercial portfolio: Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Retail portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total loan charge-offs Recoveries of loans previously charged-off: Commercial portfolio: Commercial and industrial Construction and land development Retail portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total loan recoveries Net (recoveries) charge-offs Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 41,589 $ 33,847 $ 37,195 813 4,081 314 — 1,081 2,699 8,988 221 3 3,168 160 3,552 5,436 (287) 11,293 — 3,787 970 492 1,691 18,233 57 1 975 151 1,184 17,049 24,791 9,236 — — — 683 710 10,629 1,696 — 1,594 154 3,444 7,185 3,837 Balance at end of period $ 35,866 $ 41,589 $ 33,847 The allowance for loan losses decreased $5.7 million to $35.9 million at December 31, 2021 from $41.6 million at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, we had $53.2 million of impaired loans for which a specific allowance of $5.1 million was made, compared to $80.5 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2020 for which a specific allowance of $6.2 million was made. The ratio of allowance to total loans was 1.08% at December 31, 2021 and 1.19% at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses and improvement in allowance metrics was primarily due to improved credit quality within the loan portfolio. 70 Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses The following table presents the allocation of the allowance and the percentage of the total amount of loans in each loan category listed as of the dates indicated: (In thousands) Commercial Portfolio: Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Total commercial portfolio Retail Portfolio: Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio Total allowance for loan losses Nonperforming Assets At December 31, 2021 At December 31, 2020 Amount % of total loans Amount % of total loans $ $ $ $ $ $ 10,652 4,760 7,273 405 23,090 9,008 3,768 12,776 35,866 22.0 % $ 24.8 % 11.2 % 1.0 % 59.0 % $ 9,065 10,324 6,213 2,077 27,679 32.2 % $ 8.8 % $ 41.0 % $ 12,330 1,580 13,910 $ 41,589 19.4 % 27.2 % 10.7 % 1.6 % 58.9 % 35.6 % 5.5 % 41.1 % Nonperforming assets include all loans categorized as nonaccrual or restructured, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued, or the loan is placed on nonaccrual, when the full collection of principal and interest is in doubt. Interest on loans is generally recognized on the accrual basis. Interest is not accrued on loans that are more than 90 days delinquent on payments, and any interest that was accrued but unpaid on such loans is reversed from interest income at that time, or when deemed to be uncollectible. Interest subsequently received on such loans is recorded as interest income or alternatively as a reduction in the amortized cost of the loan if there is significant doubt as to the collectability of the unpaid principal balance. Loans are returned to accrual status when principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. A loan is identified as a troubled debt restructuring, or TDR, when we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date, waiver or deferral of payments and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. A loan that has been restructured as a TDR may not be disclosed as a TDR in years subsequent to the restructuring if certain conditions are met. Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual status for a period no less than six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, the borrower’s performance prior to the restructuring or other significant events at the time of restructuring may be considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s performance under the new terms is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a number of requests for temporary loan modifications. As of December 31, 2021, we had COVID-19 related loan payment deferrals or deferral requests in process totaling $12.2 million, of which 82% were in our commercial portfolio. We have granted these borrowers short-term concessions of three to six months in the form of payment deferrals. According to the interagency guidance and the CARES Act, which expired on January 1, 2022, loans modified during the COVID-19 pandemic were not considered TDRs as long as the borrower was not experiencing financial difficulty before the pandemic and the reason for the deferral was temporary in nature and the loans were expected to continue performing after the COVID-19 pandemic. 71 The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: (In thousands) Loans 90 days past due and accruing Nonaccrual loans excluding held for sale loans and restructured loans Nonaccrual loans held for sale Troubled debt restructured loans - nonaccrual Troubled debt restructured loans - accruing Other real estate owned Impaired securities Total nonperforming assets Nonaccrual loans: Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Total commercial portfolio Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio Total nonaccrual loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Nonaccrual assets to total assets Nonaccrual loans to total loans Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans Allowance for loan losses to total loans Annualized net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ 1,404 — $ $ $ $ 14,722 1,000 13,497 24,997 307 63 40,039 — 20,885 19,553 306 47 54,586 $ 82,234 $ $ 8,313 2,907 4,054 — 15,274 12,525 420 12,945 28,219 0.77 % 0.42 % 0.85 % 127.10 % 1.08 % 0.17 % 12,444 9,575 3,433 11,184 36,636 23,656 632 24,288 60,924 1.38 % 1.02 % 1.75 % 68.26 % 1.19 % 0.48 % Nonperforming assets totaled $54.6 million, or 0.77% of period-end total assets at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $27.6 million, compared with $82.2 million, or 1.38% of period-end total assets at December 31, 2020. The decrease in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by the payoff of $11.2 million of non- accruing construction loans, $3.5 million of multifamily loans, and $2.6 million of C&I loans, as well as a sale of $4.5 million nonperforming residential loans, and a partial charge-off and transfer of a $3.2 million multifamily loan to held-for-sale. Potential problem loans are loans which management has doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms. Potential problem loans are performing loans and include our special mention and substandard-accruing commercial loans and/or loans 30-89 days past due. Potential problem loans are not included in the nonperforming assets table above and totaled $219.0 million, or 3.1% of total assets, at December 31, 2021, as follows: $215.1 million are commercial loans currently in workout that management expects will be rehabilitated; $43.2 million are commercial loans that are current on payments and are reported as 30-89 days past due, in renewal or extension negotiations, and inclusive of workouts; $3.9 million are residential 1-4 family or retail loans, with $2.3 million at 30 days delinquent, and $1.6 million at 60 days delinquent. Resell Agreements As of December 31, 2021, we have $229.0 million of short term investments of resell agreements backed by government guaranteed loans and other residential loans, with a weighted interest rate of 1.21%. As of December 31, 2020, we have $154.8 million of short term investments of resell agreements backed by government guaranteed loans, with a weighted interest rate of 1.25%. 72 Deferred Tax Asset We had a deferred tax asset, net of deferred tax liabilities, of $26.7 million at December 31, 2021 and $27.9 million at December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2021, our deferred tax assets were fully realizable with no valuation allowance held against the balance. Our management concluded that it was more-likely-than-not that the entire amount will be realized. We will evaluate the recoverability of our net deferred tax asset on a periodic basis and record decreases (increases) as a deferred tax provision (benefit) in the Consolidated Statements of Income as appropriate. Deposits Deposits represent our primary source of funds. We are focused on growing our core deposits through relationship-based banking with our business and consumer clients. Total deposits were $6.4 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2020. We believe that our strong deposit franchise is attributable to our mission-based strategy of developing and maintaining relationships with our clients who share similar values and through maintaining a high level of service. We gather deposits through each of our three branch locations across New York City, our one branch in Washington, D.C., our one branch in San Francisco and through the efforts of our commercial banking team including our Boston group which focuses nationally on business growth. Through our branch network, online, mobile and direct banking channels, we offer a variety of deposit products including demand deposit accounts, money market deposits, NOW accounts, savings and certificates of deposit. We bank politically active customers, such as campaigns, PACs, and state and national party committees, which we refer to as political deposits. These deposits exhibit seasonality based on election cycles. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had approximately $1.0 billion and $602.8 million, respectively, in political deposits which are primarily in demand deposits. The following table sets forth the average balance amounts and the average rates paid on deposits held by us for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. 2021 2020 2019 Average Balance Income / Expense Average Rate Paid Average Balance Income / Expense Average Rate Paid Average Balance Income / Expense Average Rate Paid (In thousands) Non-interest bearing demand and transaction deposits $ 3,017,621 $ NOW accounts 203,144 Money market deposit accounts Savings accounts Time deposits Brokered CD 2,054,286 365,154 248,507 — — 170 4,237 381 1,035 0.00 % $ 2,798,106 $ — 0.00 % $ 1,832,083 $ — 0.08 % 334,669 440 0.13 % 225,017 1,039 0.21 % 1,748,288 0.10 % 214,884 0.42 % 335,433 — % — 6,445 418 3,149 — 0.37 % 1,340,138 0.19 % 337,259 0.94 % 435,157 — % 19,981 7,324 704 5,393 509 $ 5,888,712 $ 5,823 0.10 % $ 5,431,380 $ 10,452 0.19 % $ 4,189,635 $ 14,970 0.00 % 0.46 % 0.55 % 0.21 % 1.24 % 2.55 % 0.36 % We had uninsured deposits of $4.3 million, $3.2 million, and $2.7 million for the years ended 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Maturities of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $250,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows: Maturities as of December 31, 2021 (In thousands) Within three months After three but within six months After six months but within twelve months After twelve months $ $ 9,806 12,511 18,587 2,796 43,700 73 Liquidity Liquidity refers to our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund our operations, support asset growth, maintain reserve requirements and meet present and future obligations of deposit withdrawals, lending obligations and other contractual obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management. Our liquidity risk management policy provides the framework that we use to maintain adequate liquidity and sources of available liquidity at levels that enable us to meet all reasonably foreseeable short-term, long-term and strategic liquidity demands. The Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management activities in accordance with the provisions of our liquidity risk policy and applicable bank regulatory capital and liquidity laws and regulations. Our liquidity risk management process includes (i) ongoing analysis and monitoring of our funding requirements under various balance sheet and economic scenarios, (ii) review and monitoring of lenders, depositors, brokers and other liability holders to ensure appropriate diversification of funding sources and (iii) liquidity contingency planning to address liquidity needs in the event of unforeseen market disruption impacting a wide range of variables. We continuously monitor our liquidity position in order for our assets and liabilities to be managed in a manner that will meet our immediate and long-term funding requirements. We manage our liquidity position to meet the daily cash flow needs of customers, while maintaining an appropriate balance between assets and liabilities to meet the return on investment objectives of our stockholders. We also monitor our liquidity requirements in light of interest rate trends, changes in the economy, and the scheduled maturity and interest rate sensitivity of our securities and loan portfolios and deposits. Liquidity management is made more complicated because different balance sheet components are subject to varying degrees of management control. For example, the timing of maturities of our investment portfolio is fairly predictable and subject to a high degree of control when we make investment decisions. Net deposit inflows and outflows, however, are far less predictable and are not subject to the same degree of certainty. Our liquidity position is supported by management of our liquid assets and liabilities and access to alternative sources of funds. Our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements are primarily to fund on-going operations, including payment of interest on deposits and debt, extensions of credit to borrowers and capital expenditures. These liquidity requirements are met primarily through our deposits, FHLB advances and the principal and interest payments we receive on loans and investment securities. Cash, interest-bearing deposits in third-party banks, securities available for sale and maturing or prepaying balances in our investment and loan portfolios are our most liquid assets. Other sources of liquidity that are available to us include the sale of loans we hold for investment, the ability to acquire additional national market non-core deposits, borrowings through the Federal Reserve’s discount window and the issuance of debt or equity securities. We believe that the sources of available liquidity are adequate to meet our current and reasonably foreseeable future liquidity needs. At December 31, 2021, our cash and equivalents, which consist of cash and amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, amounted to $330.5 million, or 4.7% of total assets, compared to $38.8 million, or 0.6% of total assets at December 31, 2020. Our available for sale securities at December 31, 2021 were $2.1 billion, or 29.9% of total assets, compared to $1.5 billion, or 25.8% of total assets at December 31, 2020. Investment securities with an aggregate fair value of $90.8 million at December 31, 2021 were pledged to secure public deposits. The liability portion of the balance sheet serves as our primary source of liquidity. We plan to meet our future cash needs through the generation of deposits. Customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. We are also a member of the FHLB, from which we can borrow for leverage or liquidity purposes. The FHLB requires that securities and qualifying loans be pledged to secure any advances. At December 31, 2021, we had no advances from the FHLB and a remaining credit availability of $1.6 billion. In addition, we maintain borrowing capacity of approximately $72.3 million with the Federal Reserve’s discount window that is secured by certain securities from our portfolio which are not pledged for other purposes. We also had $85.0 million in subordinated debt. The Company is party to agreements with Pace Funding Group LLC, which operates Home Run Financing, for the purchase of property assessed clean energy, or PACE, assessment securities until the end of 2022. These investments are to be held in the Company's held-to-maturity investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, we had purchased $314.1 million of PACE assessment securities from Pace Funding Group LLC and had a remaining commitment of $145.8 million. The PACE assessments have equal-lien priority with property taxes and generally rank senior to first lien mortgages. The Company anticipates these commitments will be funded by means of normal cash flows, will be funded by a reduction in cash and cash equivalents, or by pay-downs and maturities of loans and and other investments. Capital Resources Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2021 was $563.9 million, compared to $535.8 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $28.1 million. The increase was primarily driven by $52.9 million of net income, partially offset by $10.1 million of dividends and a $11.8 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income due to the mark to market on our securities 74 portfolio and a $3.0 million decrease in additional paid-in capital, which was primarily driven by $2.9 million of common stock that was purchased as part of our share repurchase program in the first half of 2021. We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by federal banking regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Regulatory capital rules adopted in July 2013 and fully phased in as of January 1, 2019, which are referred to as the Basel III rules, impose minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. The Basel III rules apply to all national and state banks and savings associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies with consolidated assets of more than $3 billion. In order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain the fully phased in “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation is equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. 75 The following table shows the regulatory capital ratios for the Company: Actual Amount Ratio For Capital Adequacy Purposes(1) Amount Ratio (In thousands) December 31, 2021 Consolidated: Total capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets $ 656,719 15.95 % $ 329,471 534,381 534,381 12.98 % 247,103 7.62 % 280,454 534,381 12.98 % 185,327 8.00 % 6.00 % 4.00 % 4.50 % (1) Amounts are shown exclusive of the capital conservation buffer of 2.50%. The following table shows the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank: (In thousands) December 31, 2021 Total capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets Actual Amount Ratio For Capital Adequacy Purposes(1) Amount Ratio To Be Considered Well Capitalized Ratio Amount $ 613,030 14.89 % $ 329,376 8.00 % $ 411,720 10.00 % 575,692 13.98 % 247,032 6.00 % 329,376 575,692 8.21 % 164,688 4.00 % 205,860 8.00 % 5.00 % 6.50 % Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets 575,692 13.98 % 185,274 4.50 % 267,618 December 31, 2020 Total capital to risk weighted assets $ 534,684 14.25 % $ 300,199 8.00 % $ 375,249 10.00 % Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets 491,913 13.11 % 225,149 6.00 % 300,199 Tier 1 capital to average assets 491,913 7.97 % 246,904 4.00 % 308,630 Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets 491,913 13.11 % 168,862 4.50 % 243,912 8.00 % 5.00 % 6.50 % (1) Amounts are shown exclusive of the capital conservation buffer of 2.50%. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action measures and met the capital conservation buffer requirements. Contractual Obligations We have entered into contractual obligations in the normal course of business that involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The following table summarizes these relations as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: December 31, 2021 (In thousands) Subordinated Debt Operating Leases Purchase Obligations Certificates of Deposit Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years $ 83,831 $ 51,824 31,322 207,152 — $ — $ — $ 10,955 4,612 182,654 21,420 9,224 18,784 18,923 8,386 5,714 83,831 526 9,100 — $ 374,129 $ 198,221 $ 49,428 $ 33,023 $ 93,457 76 December 31, 2020 (In thousands) Operating Leases Purchase Obligations Certificates of Deposit Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years $ $ 58,146 $ 36,437 272,025 366,608 $ 9,806 $ 3,962 231,239 245,007 $ 19,749 $ 9,224 32,236 61,209 $ 19,679 $ 9,224 7,825 36,728 $ 8,912 14,027 725 23,664 77 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk on our net interest income and net interest expense. Interest rate risk occurs when interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., non-interest-bearing checking accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, savings accounts and money market deposits accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings. Our Asset Liability Management Committee, chaired by our Treasurer, manages our interest rate risk according to written policies approved by our Board of Directors. Changes in our risk profiles are monitored and managed on a continual basis while risk limits are based on quarterly calculations. We use two primary models to monitor interest rate risk: economic value of equity and net interest income simulations. Scenarios include parallel shifts, ramped shifts, twists of yield curves and other adverse impacts. In addition, we monitor the impact of changes to various assumptions including asset prepayments and deposit repricing and decay assumptions. Our risk management infrastructure also requires the Asset Liability Management Committee to periodically review and disclose all key assumptions used, compare these assumptions and observations to actual historical experience, and check model reliability and validity by sample testing data inputs, back testing and third party validation. We manage our interest rate risk by monitoring calculated risk measures and balance sheet trends such as growth in fixed rate loans, deposit trends and other factors that affect our risk profile. In order to counter changes in risk, we evaluate costs and other trade-offs associated with changing the composition of assets and liabilities; such as selling fixed rate securities, extending the term of borrowings, changing pricing of loans or deposits or selling residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We do not engage in speculative trading activities relating to interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, equities or credit. We are also subject to credit risk. Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We manage and control credit risk in the loan portfolio by adhering to well-defined underwriting criteria and account administration standards established by management. Written credit policies document underwriting standards, approval levels, exposure limits and other limits or standards deemed necessary and prudent. Portfolio diversification at the obligor, industry, product and/or geographic location levels is actively managed to mitigate concentration risk. In addition, credit risk management also includes an independent credit review process that assesses compliance with commercial, real estate and other credit policies, risk ratings and other critical credit information. In addition to implementing risk management practices that are based upon established and sound lending practices, we adhere to sound credit principles. We understand and evaluate our customers’ borrowing needs and capacity to repay, in conjunction with their character and history. Evaluation of Interest Rate Risk Our simulation models incorporate various assumptions, which we believe are reasonable but which may have a significant impact on results such as: (1) the timing of changes in interest rates, (2) shifts or rotations in the yield curve, (3) loan and securities prepayment speeds for different interest rate scenarios, (4) interest rates and balances of indeterminate-maturity deposits for different scenarios, and (5) new volume and yield assumptions for loans, securities and deposits. Because of limitations inherent in any approach used to measure interest rate risk, simulation results are not intended as a forecast of the actual effect of a change in market interest rates on our results but rather to better plan and execute appropriate asset-liability management strategies and manage our interest rate risk. Potential changes to our net interest income and economic value of equity in hypothetical rising and declining rate scenarios calculated as of December 31, 2021 are presented in the following table. The projections assume immediate, parallel shifts downward of the yield curve of 100 basis points and immediate, parallel shifts upward of the yield curve of 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points. In the current interest rate environment, a downward shift of the yield curve of 200, 300 and 400 basis points does not provide us with meaningful results and, therefore, is not shown. 78 The results of this simulation analysis are hypothetical and should not be relied on as indicative of expected operating results. A variety of factors might cause actual results to differ substantially from what is depicted. For example, if the timing and magnitude of interest rate changes differ from those projected, our net interest income might vary significantly. Non-parallel yield curve shifts such as a flattening or steepening of the yield curve or changes in interest rate spreads, would also cause our net interest income to be different from that depicted. An increasing interest rate environment could reduce projected net interest income if deposits and other short-term liabilities re-price faster than expected or faster than our assets re-price. Actual results could differ from those projected if we grow assets and liabilities faster or slower than estimated, if we experience a net outflow of deposit liabilities or if our mix of assets and liabilities otherwise changes. Actual results could also differ from those projected if we experience substantially different repayment speeds in our loan portfolio than those assumed in the simulation model. Finally, these simulation results do not contemplate all the actions that we may undertake in response to potential or actual changes in interest rates, such as changes to our loan, investment, deposit, funding or hedging strategies. Change in Market Interest Rates as of December 31, 2021 Estimated Increase (Decrease) in: Immediate Shift +400 basis points +300 basis points +200 basis points +100 basis points -100 basis points Economic Value of Equity Economic Value of Equity ($) Year 1 Net Interest Income Year 1 Net Interest Income ($) 18.3% 21.0% 20.0% 13.1% -18.2% 210,199 241,851 229,581 150,140 (209,655) 33.3% 30.3% 23.7% 12.8% -11.7% 65,696 59,751 46,661 25,261 (23,167) 79 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Index to the Financial Statements Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm, Crowe LLP, New York, New York (PCAOB ID 173) Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP, New York, New York (PCAOB ID 185) 81 82 83 84 85 87 131 132 80 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Dollars in thousands except for per share amounts) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits in banks Total cash and cash equivalents Securities: Available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $2,103,049 and $1,513,409, respectively) Held-to-maturity (fair value of $849,704 and $502,425, respectively) Loans held for sale Loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination costs (fees) Allowance for loan losses Loans receivable, net Resell agreements Accrued interest and dividends receivable Premises and equipment, net Bank-owned life insurance Right-of-use lease asset Deferred tax asset Goodwill Other intangible assets Equity investments Other assets Total assets Liabilities Deposits Subordinated Debt (face amount of $85,000 less debt issuance costs of $1,169) Operating leases Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity Common stock, par value $0.01 per share (70,000,000 shares authorized; 31,130,143 and 31,049,525 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes Total Amalgamated Financial Corp. stockholders' equity Noncontrolling interests Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ 8,622 $ 321,863 330,485 7,736 31,033 38,769 2,113,410 843,569 3,279 3,312,224 (35,866) 3,276,358 1,539,862 494,449 11,178 3,488,895 (41,589) 3,447,306 229,018 28,820 11,735 107,266 33,115 26,719 12,936 4,151 6,856 50,159 7,077,876 $ 6,356,255 $ 83,831 48,160 25,755 6,514,001 154,779 23,970 12,977 105,888 36,104 36,079 12,936 5,359 11,735 47,240 5,978,631 5,338,711 — 53,173 50,926 5,442,810 311 297,975 260,047 5,409 563,742 133 563,875 7,077,876 $ 310 300,989 217,213 17,176 535,688 133 535,821 5,978,631 $ $ $ 81 Consolidated Statements of Income (Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts) INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME Loans Securities Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock Interest-bearing deposits in banks Total interest and dividend income INTEREST EXPENSE Deposits Borrowed funds Total interest expense NET INTEREST INCOME Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses NON-INTEREST INCOME Trust Department fees Service charges on deposit accounts Bank-owned life insurance Gain (loss) on sale of securities Gain (loss) on sale of loans, net Gain (loss) on other real estate owned, net Equity method investments Other Total non-interest income NON-INTEREST EXPENSE Compensation and employee benefits Occupancy and depreciation Professional fees Data processing Office maintenance and depreciation Amortization of intangible assets Advertising and promotion Other Total non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per common share - diluted See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements $ $ $ $ 82 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 123,318 56,387 170 651 180,526 5,823 399 6,222 174,304 (287) 174,591 13,352 9,355 2,388 649 1,887 (407) 150 1,015 28,389 69,844 14,023 12,961 16,042 3,057 1,207 3,230 11,891 132,255 70,725 17,788 52,937 1.70 1.68 $ $ $ $ $ 141,983 47,588 227 697 190,495 10,452 27 10,479 180,016 24,791 155,225 15,222 9,201 3,085 1,605 2,520 (482) 7,411 2,042 139,995 44,197 813 949 185,954 14,461 4,856 19,317 166,637 3,837 162,800 18,598 8,544 1,649 83 13 (564) — 878 40,604 29,201 69,421 23,040 11,205 11,330 3,314 1,370 3,514 10,692 133,886 61,943 15,755 46,188 1.48 1.48 $ $ $ 70,276 17,721 11,934 10,880 3,540 1,374 2,908 9,194 127,827 64,174 16,972 47,202 1.49 1.47 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes: Change in total obligation for postretirement benefits, prior service credit, and other benefits Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale: Unrealized holding gains (losses) Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) realized in income Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax Income tax effect Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ 52,937 $ 46,188 $ 47,202 (63) 362 (183) (15,438) (654) (16,092) (16,155) 4,388 (11,767) 20,374 (1,604) 18,770 19,132 (5,181) 13,951 21,309 (86) 21,223 21,040 (5,825) 15,215 62,417 Total comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes $ 41,170 $ 60,139 $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 83 2 0 2 , 7 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 9 7 2 , 8 ( ) 5 8 7 , 5 ( 0 0 4 2 4 4 , 2 5 1 2 , 5 1 — — — — — — — 2 0 2 , 7 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 9 7 2 , 8 ( ) 5 8 7 , 5 ( 0 0 4 2 4 4 , 2 5 1 2 , 5 1 — — — — — — 5 1 2 , 5 1 2 0 2 , 7 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 9 7 2 , 8 ( — — — — — — — ) 2 8 7 , 5 ( — 0 0 4 2 4 4 , 2 — — — ) 3 ( — — — l a t o T y t i u q E g n i l l o r t n o c n o N ' s r e d l o h k c o t S t s e r e t n I y t i u q E l a t o T d e t a l u m u c c A r e h t O e v i s n e h e r p m o C ) s s o L ( e m o c n I d e n i a t e R s g n i n r a E l a n o i t i d d A n i - d i a P l a t i p a C n o m m o C k c o t S 1 7 3 , 9 3 4 $ 4 3 1 $ 7 3 2 , 9 3 4 $ ) 0 9 9 , 1 1 ( $ 1 3 2 , 2 4 1 $ 8 7 6 , 8 0 3 $ 8 1 3 $ s e r a h s B s s a l c d e r r e f e r P . r S O C M E R A n o d e r a l c e d d n e d i v i D 9 1 0 2 , 1 y r a u n a J t a e c n a l a B e m o c n i t e N s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t O e s n e p x e n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - k c o t S k c o t s n o m m o c f o e s a h c r u p e R s n o i t p o k c o t s f o e s i c r e x E e r a h s r e p 6 2 . 0 $ , s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P . r J d n a 4 4 5 , 0 9 4 $ 4 3 1 $ 0 1 4 , 0 9 4 $ 5 2 2 , 3 $ 2 3 1 , 1 8 1 $ 8 3 7 , 5 0 3 $ 5 1 3 $ 9 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b m e c e D t a e c n a l a B 8 8 1 , 6 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 5 ( ) 1 0 0 , 7 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( ) 3 2 ( ) 6 1 1 ( 6 8 3 , 2 1 5 9 , 3 1 — — — ) 1 ( — — — — — 8 8 1 , 6 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 4 ( ) 1 0 0 , 7 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( ) 3 2 ( ) 6 1 1 ( 6 8 3 , 2 1 5 9 , 3 1 7 3 9 , 2 5 ) 2 2 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( ) 0 2 9 , 2 ( ) 9 9 7 , 1 ( ) 0 9 ( 6 9 7 , 1 ) 7 6 7 , 1 1 ( — — — — — — — — 7 3 9 , 2 5 ) 2 2 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( ) 0 2 9 , 2 ( ) 9 9 7 , 1 ( ) 0 9 ( 6 9 7 , 1 ) 7 6 7 , 1 1 ( 1 2 8 , 5 3 5 $ 3 3 1 $ 8 8 6 , 5 3 5 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 5 9 , 3 1 6 7 1 , 7 1 ) 7 6 7 , 1 1 ( $ 3 1 2 , 7 1 2 $ 9 8 9 , 0 0 3 $ 0 1 3 $ 0 2 0 2 , 1 3 r e b m e c e D t a e c n a l a B 7 3 9 , 2 5 ) 2 2 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( — — — — — — — — ) 0 9 ( ) 9 1 9 , 2 ( ) 1 0 8 , 1 ( — 6 9 7 , 1 — — — ) 1 ( 2 — — — s e r a h s B s s a l c d e r r e f e r P . r S O C M E R A n o d e r a l c e d d n e d i v i D e m o c n i t e N s e s a h c r u p e r f o t e n , g n i t s e v t i n u k c o t s d e t c i r t s e R s e s a h c r u p e r f o t e n , s n o i t p o k c o t s f o e s i c r e x E e s n e p x e n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - k c o t S s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t O e r a h s r e p 2 3 . 0 $ , s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P . r J d n a s e r a h s f o e s a h c r u p e R ) 4 ( — — — — — 8 8 1 , 6 4 ) 2 2 ( ) 1 8 0 , 0 1 ( — — — — ) 6 9 9 , 6 ( ) 3 2 ( ) 6 1 1 ( — 6 8 3 , 2 — — — — ) 5 ( — — — — s e r a h s B s s a l c d e r r e f e r P . r S O C M E R A n o d e r a l c e d d n e d i v i D e m o c n i t e N s e s a h c r u p e r f o t e n , g n i t s e v t i n u k c o t s d e t c i r t s e R s e s a h c r u p e r f o t e n , s n o i t p o k c o t s f o e s i c r e x E e s n e p x e n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - k c o t S s e x a t f o t e n , ) s s o l ( e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t O s e r a h s B s s a l c O C M E R A f o n o i t p m e d e R s e r a h s f o e s a h c r u p e R 84 e r a h s r e p 2 3 . 0 $ , s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P . r J d n a 5 7 8 , 3 6 5 $ 3 3 1 $ 2 4 7 , 3 6 5 $ 9 0 4 , 5 $ 7 4 0 , 0 6 2 $ 5 7 9 , 7 9 2 $ 1 1 3 $ 1 2 0 2 , 1 3 r e b m e c e D t a e c n a l a B s t n e m e t a t s l a i c n a n i f d e t a d i l o s n o c o t s e t o n g n i y n a p m o c c a e e S ) s t n u o m e e r a h s r e p t p e c x e s d n a s u o h t n i s r a l l o D ( y t i u q E l ’ s r e d o h k c o t S n i s e g n a h C f o s t n e m e t a t S d e t a d i l o s n o C Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: $ 52,937 $ 46,188 $ 47,202 Depreciation and amortization Amortization of intangible assets Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Stock-based compensation expense Net amortization (accretion) on loan fees, costs, premiums, and discounts Net amortization on securities OTTI loss (gain) recognized in earnings Net loss (income) from equity method investments Net loss (gain) on sale of securities available for sale Net loss (gain) on sale of loans Net loss (gain) on sale of other real estate owned Net loss (gain) on owned property held for sale Net (gain) on redemption of bank-owned life insurance Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale Originations of loans held for sale Decrease (increase) in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and dividends receivable Decrease (increase) in other assets (1) Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities (2) Net cash provided by operating activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Net decrease (increase) in loans Proceeds from sales of loans Purchase of securities available for sale Purchase of securities held to maturity Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale Maturities, principal payments and redemptions of securities available for sale Maturities, principal payments and redemptions of securities held to maturity Decrease (increase) in resell agreements Purchase of equity method investments Purchase of bank-owned life insurance Decrease (increase) of FHLBNY stock, net Purchases of premises and equipment Proceeds from redemption of bank-owned life insurance Proceeds from sale of owned assets Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 3,638 1,207 7,050 (287) 1,796 2,743 3,869 (5) (150) (649) (1,887) 407 — (266) 123,566 6,194 1,370 (407) 24,791 2,386 3,199 1,837 1 (7,411) (1,605) (2,520) 482 (1,394) 4,629 1,374 5,029 3,837 2,442 1,471 (5,845) (3) — (83) (13) 564 — (1,594) 159,309 — 21,014 (112,833) (165,569) (22,502) (2,122) (4,850) 7,445 (11,071) 70,538 (1,514) (4,882) 11,041 (4,131) 65,771 (1,565) (4,701) 18,180 12,431 83,461 167,545 (36,599) (350,263) — — 115,856 (1,220,727) (683,688) (479,311) (472,615) 111,274 508,211 119,802 (74,239) (5,764) — 214 (2,396) 1,010 — 2,275 (256,093) 94,698 278,524 52,779 (154,779) (31,039) (25,000) 3,105 (1,612) 2,934 1,613 20 (291,601) 245,260 205,557 9,016 — — — 147 (753) — — 209 Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (865,410) (755,137) (545,883) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase (decrease) in deposits 1,017,544 697,729 535,676 85  Net increase (decrease) in FHLB advances Net increase (decrease) in subordinated debt Redemption of AREMCO class B shares Repurchase of shares Dividends paid Exercise of stock options, net Restricted stock unit vesting, net Net cash provided by financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Interest paid during the year Income taxes paid during the year Supplemental non-cash investing activities: Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities Initial recognition of operating leases liability Loans transferred to held-for-sale Loans transferred to other real estate owned Purchase (sale) of securities available for sale, net not settled — (75,000) (17,875) 83,831 — (2,920) (9,978) (1,799) (90) — (5) (7,001) (9,987) (23) (116) 1,086,588 291,716 605,597 (83,769) $ $ 38,769 $ 330,485 $ 122,538 $ 38,769 $ 6,039 5,692 — — 1,000 2,682 — 11,476 9,823 777 — 8,850 — 12,080 — — (5,785) (8,301) 400 — 504,115 41,693 80,845 122,538 18,966 9,311 55,813 71,122 2,328 738 — (1) Includes $3.0 million, $11.2 million, and $8.4 million of right of use asset amortization for the respective periods (2) Includes $1.3 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million accretion of operating lease liabilities for the respective periods See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 86 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Accounting and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP and predominant practices within the banking industry. The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting for financial statement purposes. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned and wholly- owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In particular, estimates and assumptions are used in measuring the fair value of certain financial instruments, determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”), evaluating potential other-than-temporary securities impairment, assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, and the valuation of share-based payment awards. Estimates and assumptions are based on available information and judgment; therefore actual results could differ from those estimates. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash include cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold with original maturities of three months or less. The Company had $0.4 million and $0.4 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively and is included in total cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company’s restricted cash reflects funds held in other financial institutions to secure business operating rights or contractually obligated minimum account funding requirements. Securities Purchases of investments in debt securities are designated as either trading, available for sale or held to maturity depending on the intent and ability to hold the securities. The initial designation is made at the time of purchase. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers of securities between available for sale and held to maturity categories. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had no securities designated as trading. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with any net unrealized appreciation or depreciation in fair value reported net of taxes as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Debt securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost provided management does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not anticipate that it will be necessary to sell these securities before the full recovery of principal and interest, which may be at maturity. The Company reported its investments in "Property Assessed Clean Energy" ("PACE") assessments as held to maturity securities. Management conducts a periodic evaluation of securities available for sale and held to maturity to determine if the amortized cost basis of a security has been other-than-temporarily impaired (OTTI). The evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties. If the amortized cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, management evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which the fair value is less than amortized cost, the probability of a near-term recovery in value, whether management intends to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before full recovery of the investment or maturity. Management also considers specific adverse conditions related to the financial health, projected cash flow and business outlook for the investee, including industry and sector performance, operational and financing cash flow factors and rating agency actions. For debt investment securities deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the investment is written down to fair value with the estimated credit loss charged to current earnings and the noncredit-related impairment loss charged to other comprehensive income. If market, industry and/or investee conditions deteriorate, the Company may incur future impairments. 87 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 Premiums (discounts) on debt securities are amortized (accreted) to income using the level yield method to the contractual maturity date adjusted for actual prepayment experience. Realized gains and losses on sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method and are reported in non- interest income. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to current earnings. Gains or losses resulting from sales of loans held for sale, net of unamortized deferred fees and costs, are recognized at the time of sale and are included in other non- interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company had $3.3 million and $11.2 million of loans classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Loans and Loan Interest Income Recognition Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of charge-offs, deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. Premiums or discounts on purchased portfolios are amortized or accreted to income using the level yield method. Interest on loans is generally recognized on the accrual basis. Interest is not accrued on loans that are more than 90 days delinquent on payments, and any interest that was accrued but unpaid on such loans is reversed from interest income at that time, or when deemed to be uncollectible. Interest subsequently received on such loans is recorded as interest income or alternatively as a reduction in the amortized cost of the loan if there is significant doubt as to the collectability of the unpaid principal balance. Loans are returned to accrual status when principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, according to the contractual terms. Individual loans which are deemed to be impaired are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral net of estimated selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent. Individual loan impairment evaluation is generally limited to multifamily, CRE, C&I, construction and certain restructured 1-4 family residential loans. Smaller balance loans including HELOCs, consumer and student loans, as well as non-restructured 1-4 family residential loans, are considered homogeneous. When assessing homogenous loans for impairment, the Company considers regulatory guidance concerning the classification and management of retail credits. The aggregate amount of individually and collectively measured loan impairment is included as a component of the allowance. Loans are considered Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by the Company, such as, but not limited to: (i) payment deferral; (ii) a reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining contractual life of the loan; (iii) an extension of the loan’s original contractual term at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk; (iv) capitalization of interest; or (v) forgiveness of principal or interest. Generally, TDRs are placed on non-accrual status (and reported as non-performing loans) until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. A TDR loan is considered impaired. A loan extended or renewed at a stated interest rate equal to the market interest rate for new debt with similar risk is not considered to be a TDR. In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, no allowance is brought forward on any of the loans we acquire. For purchased non-credit impaired loans, credit and interest rate discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value and the total combined discount is accreted to interest income over the life of the loan. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the method used to evaluate the sufficiency of the discount is similar to organic loans, and if necessary, additional reserves are recognized in the allowance. Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Company monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis and considers numerous factors including (i) end-of-period loan levels and 88 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 portfolio composition, (ii) observable trends in non-performing loans, (iii) the Company’s historical loan loss experience, (iv) known and inherent risks in the portfolio, (v) underwriting practices, (vi) adverse situations which may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, (vii) the estimated value and sufficiency of any underlying collateral, (viii) credit risk grading assessments, (ix) loan impairment, and (x) economic conditions. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense, and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the determination of management, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the inherent and specific risks within the entire portfolio. Based on review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2021, management believes the allowance is adequate. Generally, a loan is considered for charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest after 90 days or more. In addition to delinquency criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral. Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. An allowance is calculated and recorded in other liabilities within the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in one or more evaluation factors; management’s assumptions as to rates of default, loss or recovery, or management’s intent with regard to disposition. A shift in lending strategy may warrant a change in the allowance due to a changing credit risk profile. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to, or charge-offs against, the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Other Real Estate Owned Other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are recorded initially at fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance prior to transfer. OREO assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through non-interest income. Costs relating to the development and improvement of other real estate owned are capitalized. Costs relating to holding other real estate owned, including real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance, are charged to expense as incurred. Goodwill and Intangible Assets Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and indefinite- lived intangible assets are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amount of the asset may be impaired. The Company elected June 30 as the annual date for impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives of ten years. Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures, and equipment is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Furniture and fixtures are generally depreciated over ten years. Equipment, computer hardware and computer software are normally depreciated over three to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives 89 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 or the terms of the leases, whichever is shorter. Fully depreciated assets with no determinable salvage value are disposed. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Leases The Company determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception. For leases with terms greater than twelve months under which the Company is lessee, right-of-use ("ROU") assets and lease liabilities are recorded at the commencement date. Lease liabilities are initially recorded based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term. ROU assets are initially recorded at the amount of the associated lease liabilities plus prepaid lease payments and initial direct costs, less any lease incentives received. The cost of short term leases is recognized on a straight line basis over the lease term. The lease term includes options to extend if the exercise of those options is reasonably certain and includes termination options if there is reasonable certainty the options will not be exercised. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) as the discount rate to the remaining lease payments to derive a present value calculation for initial measurement of lease liabilities. The IBR reflects the interest rate the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments. Leases are classified as financing or operating leases at commencement. All of the Company's leases are classified as operating leases as of December 31, 2021. Operating lease cost is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight line basis over the lease terms. Variable lease costs are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those costs is incurred. Bank-Owned Life Insurance The Company invests in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”). BOLI involves the purchase of life insurance policies by the Company on a chosen group of employees. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The insurance and earnings thereon is used to offset a portion of future employee benefit costs. BOLI is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Earnings from BOLI, as well as changes in cash surrender value, are recognized as non-interest income. Advertising Costs The Company expenses advertising and promotion costs as incurred. Income Taxes There are two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense (benefit) approximates cash to be paid (refunded) for income taxes for the applicable period. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and for income-tax return purposes. The Company records as a deferred tax asset on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition an amount equal to the tax credit and tax loss carry-forwards and tax deductions (tax benefits) that we believe will be available to us to offset or reduce the amounts of our income taxes in future periods. Under applicable federal and state income tax laws and regulations, such tax benefits will expire if not used within specified periods of time. Accordingly, the ability to fully utilize our deferred tax asset may depend on the amount of taxable income that we generate during those time periods. At least once each year, or more frequently, if warranted, we make estimates of future taxable income that we believe we are likely to generate during those future periods. If we conclude, on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us, that it is more likely than not that we will be able to fully utilize those tax benefits prior to their expiration, we recognize the deferred tax asset in full on our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. If, however, we conclude on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us that it has become more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize those tax benefits in full prior to their expiration, then we would establish (or increase any existing) a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset on our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition to the amount which we believe we are more likely than not to be able to utilize. Such a reduction is implemented by recognizing a non-cash charge that would have the effect of increasing the provision, or reducing any benefit, for income taxes that we would otherwise have recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The determination of whether and the extent to which we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset involves management judgments and assumptions that are subject to period-to-period changes as a result of changes in tax laws, changes in the market, or economic conditions that could affect our operating results or variances between our actual operating results and our projected operating results, as well as other factors. 90 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 When measuring the amount of current taxes to be paid (or refunded) management considers the merit of various tax treatments in the context of statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. Management also considers results of recent tax audits and historical experience. While management considers the amount of income taxes payable (or receivable) to be appropriate based on information currently available, future additions or reductions to such amounts may be necessary due to unanticipated events or changes in circumstances. Management has not taken, and does not expect to take, any position in a tax return which it deems to be uncertain. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The deferral method of accounting is used for investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction of the related asset. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans The Company sponsors several post-retirement benefit plans for current and former employees. Contributions to the trustee of a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan are recorded as expense in the period of contribution. The Company made $6.2 million, $6.3 million and $6.3 million in pension plan contributions for the 2021, 2020 and 2019 plan years, respectively. Plan obligations and related expenses for other post retirement plans are calculated using actuarial methodologies. The measurement of such obligations and expenses requires management to make certain assumptions, in particular the discount rate, which is evaluated on an annual basis. Other factors include retirement patterns, mortality and turnover assumptions. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its post retirement benefit plans. FASB ASC 715 30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires the Company to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial condition and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Other comprehensive income includes income, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, and actuarial gains or losses on the Company’s pension plans. FASB ASC 715‑30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Stock-Based Compensation Stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with FASB ASC No. 718, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” which requires the Company to record compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock granted to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and restricted stock when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and restricted stock. Forfeitures of options and restricted stock result in a retirement of the related award and a reversal of the cost previously incurred. The Company's performance-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are subject to the achievement of the Company's corporate goals. The Company's stock-based compensation plans are further described in Note 12, Employee Benefit Plans. Variable Interest Entities The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates if the Company has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are consolidated if the Company has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact financial performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the Company is the primary beneficiary). 91 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 Investments in VIEs where the Company is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The determination of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is reassessed on an ongoing basis. The consolidation status may change as a result of these reassessments. These investments are included in Other Assets in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally limited to the sum of the outstanding balance, future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity, both funded and unfunded. Loans to these entities are underwritten in substantially the same manner as other loans and are generally secured. Additional disclosures regarding VIEs are further described in Note 17, Variable Interest Entities. Resell Agreements The Company enters into short-term agreements for the purchase of government guaranteed loans with simultaneous agreements to resell (resell agreements). The Company obtains possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under resell agreements. The Company had $229.0 million and $154.8 million in resell agreements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The resell agreements were entered into at par, and earned $1.9 million in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021. Interest income on resell agreements is reported on the "securities interest income" line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. Segment Information Public companies are required to report certain financial information about significant revenue-producing segments of the business for which such information is available and utilized by the chief operating decision maker. Substantially all of our operations occur through the Bank and involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of its banking operation, which constitutes our only operating segment for financial reporting purposes. We do not consider our trust and investment management business as a separate segment. Reclassifications Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications had no impact to the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. Risks and Uncertainties The COVID-19 pandemic continues to create disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and its related variants is fluid and continues to evolve, adversely affecting many of our clients. Our business, financial condition and results of operations generally rely upon the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, the value of collateral underlying our secured loans, and demand for loans and other products and services we offer, which are highly dependent on the business environment in our primary markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. The unprecedented and rapid spread of COVID-19 and its variants and their associated impacts on trade (including supply chains and export levels), travel, employee productivity, unemployment, consumer spending, and other economic activities have resulted in, and continue to result in, less economic activity, and volatility and disruption in financial markets, and has had an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, market interest rates have declined to and remain at historic lows, despite the increase in market interest rates that the economy is beginning to experience. These reductions in interest rates and the other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have had, and are expected to continue to have, adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations is currently uncertain and will depend on various developments and other factors, including the effect of governmental and private sector initiatives, the effect of the rollout of vaccinations for the virus and its variants, whether such vaccinations will be effective against another resurgence of the virus, including any new strains, and the ability for customers and businesses to return to their pre-pandemic routines. In addition, it is reasonably possible that certain significant estimates made in our financial statements could be materially and adversely affected in the near term as a result of these conditions. 92 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Standards Effective in 2021 and onward In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 significantly changes the impairment model for most financial assets that are measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments from an incurred loss model to an expected loss model and provides for recording credit losses on available for sale debt securities through an allowance account. ASU 2016-13 also requires certain incremental disclosures. In October 2019, the FASB voted to extend the adoption date for entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies, public business entities ("PBEs") that are not SEC filers, and entities that are not PBEs from January 1, 2020 to January 1, 2023. Based on the Company's election as an Emerging Growth Company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards, the Company currently anticipates a January 1, 2023 adoption date. In preparation, the Company has performed work in assessing and enhancing the technology environment and related data needs and availability. Additionally, a Management Committee comprised of members from multiple departments has been established to monitor the Company's progress towards adoption. As adoption will require the implementation of significant changes to the existing credit loss estimation model and is dependent on the economic forecast, and given the length of time before our adoption date, evaluating the overall impact of the ASU on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements is not yet determinable. On January 7, 2021, the FASB has issued ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope. The new guidance amends the scope of ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which was aimed at easing the potential accounting burden expected when global capital markets move away from the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") (the benchmark interest rate banks use to make short-term loans to each other) and provided temporary, optional expedients and exceptions for applying accounting guidance to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. As the majority of the Company's securities tied to LIBOR are expected to transition to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") or pay off before the transition date and given that the Company does not have a substantial amount of commercial loans or any derivative transactions tied to LIBOR, the Adoption of ASU 2021-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's operating results or financial condition. 93 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 3. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The Company records unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, on securities available for sale in other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. Gains and losses on securities available for sale are reclassified to operations as the gains or losses are recognized. Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses on debt securities are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The Company also recognizes as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) the actuarial gains or losses as well as the prior service costs or credits that arise during the period from post-retirement benefit plans. Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows: (In thousands) Change in total obligation for postretirement benefits and for prior service credit and for other benefits Income tax effect Net change in total obligation for postretirement benefits and prior service credit and for other benefits Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ (63) $ 362 $ (183) 17 (46) (99) 263 57 (126) Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities $ (15,438) $ 20,374 $ 21,309 Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) realized in income Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities Income tax effect (654) (1,604) (16,092) 18,770 4,371 (5,082) Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities (11,721) 13,688 (86) 21,223 (5,882) 15,341 Total $ (11,767) $ 13,951 $ 15,215 The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances, net of income taxes: (In thousands) Unrealized gains (losses) on benefits plans Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities Total (In thousands) Unrealized gains (losses) on benefits plans Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities Total Balance as of January 1, 2021 Current Period Change Income Tax Effect Balance as of December 31, 2021 $ $ (2,056) $ (63) $ 17 $ (2,102) 19,232 17,176 $ (16,092) (16,155) $ 4,371 4,388 $ 7,511 5,409 Balance as of January 1, 2020 Current Period Change Income Tax Effect Balance as of December 31, 2020 (2,319) $ 362 $ (99) $ (2,056) 5,544 3,225 $ 18,770 19,132 $ (5,082) (5,181) $ 19,232 17,176 $ $ 94 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): (In thousands) Realized gains (losses) on sale of available for sale securities Recognized gains (losses) on OTTI securities Income tax expense (benefit) Total reclassifications, net of income tax Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits Income tax expense (benefit) Total reclassifications, net of income tax Total reclassifications, net of income tax $ $ $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income 649 $ 5 180 474 $ 1,605 $ (1) 438 1,166 $ Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities available for sale, net 83 3 Non-Interest Income - other 24 Income tax expense (benefit) 62 29 $ (8) 21 $ 28 $ (8) 20 $ 29 Compensation and employee benefits (8) Income tax expense (benefit) 21 495 $ 1,186 $ 83 95 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 4. INVESTMENT SECURITIES The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale and held to maturity as of December 31, 2021 are as follows: (In thousands) Available for sale: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates Other debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate December 31, 2021 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Amortized Cost $ 3,838 $ 129 $ 460,571 364,274 66,756 81,705 977,144 200 988,061 14,631 123,013 1,125,905 5,697 6,855 29 12 — 3,351 — 1,681 5,032 — $ (2,385) (765) (646) (616) — (2,224) (484) (273) 3,967 463,883 370,364 66,139 81,101 985,454 200 989,188 14,147 124,421 (2,981) 1,127,956 12,722 (4,412) Total available for sale $ 2,103,049 $ 17,754 $ (7,393) $ 2,113,410 Held to maturity: Mortgage-related: GSE commercial certificates GSE residential certificates Non GSE commercial certificates Non GSE residential certificates Other debt: ABS PACE Assessments Municipal Other $ 30,742 $ — $ (489) $ 30,253 442 10,333 10,796 52,313 75,800 627,394 84,962 3,100 791,256 19 13 5 37 1 5,933 2,045 2 7,981 — (288) — (777) (50) — (1,056) — (1,106) 461 10,058 10,801 51,573 75,751 633,327 85,951 3,102 798,131 Total held to maturity $ 843,569 $ 8,018 $ (1,883) $ 849,704 As of December 31, 2021, available for sale securities with a fair value of $907.1 million were pledged with $126.6 million held- to-maturity securities being pledged. The majority of the securities were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) to secure outstanding advances, letters of credit and to provide additional borrowing potential. In addition, securities were pledged to provide capacity to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and to collateralize municipal deposits. 96 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale and held to maturity as of December 31, 2020 are as follows: (In thousands) Available for sale: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates GSE CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates Other debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate December 31, 2020 Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 12,977 $ 353,783 421,488 33,120 45,179 866,547 200 595,062 14,627 36,973 646,862 322 $ 12,690 11,548 281 112 24,953 3 4,356 — 683 5,042 — $ (52) (422) (17) (323) (814) — (1,872) (854) (2) (2,728) 13,299 366,421 432,614 33,384 44,968 890,686 203 597,546 13,773 37,654 649,176 Total available for sale 1,513,409 29,995 (3,542) 1,539,862 Held to maturity: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates Non GSE commercial certificates Other debt: PACE Assessments Municipal Other Total held to maturity $ $ 611 $ 212 823 421,036 67,490 5,100 493,626 494,449 $ 38 $ 15 53 4,870 3,019 34 7,923 7,976 $ — $ — — — — — — — $ 649 227 876 425,906 70,509 5,134 501,549 502,425 As of December 31, 2020, available for sale securities with a fair value of $966.5 million were pledged; no held to maturity securities were pledged. The majority of the securities were pledged to the FHLB to secure outstanding advances, letters of credit and to provide additional borrowing potential. In addition, securities were pledged to provide capacity to borrow from the Federal Reserve and to collateralize municipal deposits. 97 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale and held to maturity, exclusive of mortgage-backed securities, by their contractual maturity as of December 31, 2021. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty: (In thousands) Due within one year Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Available for Sale Held to Maturity Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 200 $ 43,043 403,620 679,042 $ 200 43,285 404,342 680,129 1,100 $ 2,000 — 788,156 $ 1,125,905 $ 1,127,956 $ 791,256 $ 1,101 2,002 — 795,028 798,131 Proceeds received and gains and losses realized on sales of securities are summarized below: (In thousands) Proceeds Realized gains Realized losses Net realized gains (losses) Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 111,274 $ 94,698 $ 245,260 1,057 $ (408) 649 $ 2,111 $ (506) 1,605 $ 1,912 (1,829) 83 $ $ $ The Company controls and monitors inherent credit risk in its securities portfolio through due diligence, diversification, concentration limits, periodic securities reviews, and by investing in low risk securities. This includes high quality Non Agency Securities, low LTV PACE Bonds and a significant portion of the securities portfolio in U.S. Government sponsored entity (“GSE”) obligations. GSEs include the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation whereas FHLMC and FNMA are private. Mortgage-related securities may include mortgage pass-through certificates, participation certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). 98 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following summarizes the fair value and unrealized losses for those available for sale and held to maturity securities as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, segregated between securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer at the respective dates: December 31, 2021 Less Than Twelve Months Twelve Months or Longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses (In thousands) Available for sale: Mortgage-related: GSE residential CMOs $ 222,825 $ (2,385) $ — $ — $ 222,825 $ (2,385) GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates 28,695 55,284 42,530 (271) (646) (247) Other debt: ABS Trust preferred Corporate 374,241 (1,903) — 48,743 — (273) 159,681 — 23,124 71,746 14,147 — (494) — (369) (321) (484) — 188,376 55,284 65,654 (765) (646) (616) 445,987 (2,224) 14,147 48,743 (484) (273) Total available for sale $ 772,318 $ (5,725) $ 268,698 $ (1,668) $ 1,041,016 $ (7,393) Held to maturity: Mortgage-related: GSE commercial certificates $ 30,253 $ (489) $ Non GSE commercial certificates 9,857 (288) — $ — $ — — — — Other debt: ABS Municipal 26,951 38,468 (50) (852) — 3,876 — (204) $ 30,253 $ 9,857 26,951 42,344 (489) (288) (50) (1,056) Total held to maturity $ 105,529 $ (1,679) $ 3,876 $ (204) $ 109,405 $ (1,883) (In thousands) Mortgage-related: December 31, 2020 Less Than Twelve Months Twelve Months or Longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates $ 31,106 $ 116,667 2,138 47 Other debt: ABS Trust preferred Corporate 3,010 — 6,998 (35) (287) (9) — (1) — (2) $ 12,910 $ 75,126 3,077 29,207 (17) (135) (8) (323) $ 44,016 $ 191,793 5,215 29,254 (52) (422) (17) (323) 298,410 (1,871) 301,420 (1,872) 13,773 — (854) — 13,773 6,998 (854) (2) Total available for sale $ 159,966 $ (334) $ 432,503 $ (3,208) $ 592,469 $ (3,542) The temporary impairment of fixed income securities is primarily attributable to changes in overall market interest rates and/or changes in credit spreads since the investments were acquired. In general, as market interest rates rise and/or credit spreads widen, 99 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 the fair value of fixed rate securities will decrease, as market interest rates fall and/or credit spreads tighten, the fair value of fixed rate securities will increase. As of December 31, 2021, excluding GSE and U.S. Treasury securities and TruPs, discussed above, temporarily impaired securities totaled $696.2 million with an unrealized loss of $5.1 million. These securities were rated investment grade by at least one NRSRO with no ratings below investment grade. All issues were current as to their interest payments. We have had no losses on any PACE bonds that we have invested in and are not aware of any losses that could be material in the sector given the low LTV position. Management considers that the temporary impairment of these investments as of December 31, 2021 is primarily due to an increase in market spreads since the time these investments were acquired. With respect to the Company’s security investments that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2021, management does not intend to sell these investments and does not believe it will be necessary to do so before anticipated recovery. The Company expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of these investments. Therefore, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2021. None of these positions or other securities held in the portfolio or sold during the year were purchased with the intent of selling them or would otherwise be classified as trading securities under ASC No. 320, Investments – Debt Securities. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded an OTTI recovery of $4,800, compared to a loss of $900 and a recovery of $2,900, respectively. Events which may cause material declines in the fair value of debt investments may include, but are not limited to, deterioration of credit metrics, higher incidences of default, worsening liquidity, worsening global or domestic economic conditions or adverse regulatory action. Management does not believe that there are any cases of unrecorded OTTI as of December 31, 2021; however, it is possible that the Company may recognize OTTI in future periods. Federal Home Loan Bank Stock As a condition of membership with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY), the Company is required to hold FHLBNY stock in an amount equal to 0.125% of its aggregate mortgage related assets plus 4.5% of its outstanding FHLBNY advances. The Company’s holdings of FHLBNY stock are pledged against outstanding advances. FHLBNY stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLBNY and its overall financial condition. Dividend income on FHLBNY stock amounted to approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 100 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 5. LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET Loans receivable are summarized as follows: (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Total commercial portfolio Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio Total loans receivable Net deferred loan origination costs (fees) Total loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination costs (fees) Allowance for loan losses Total loans receivable, net December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 $ 729,385 $ 821,801 369,429 31,539 1,952,154 1,063,682 291,818 1,355,500 3,307,654 4,570 3,312,224 (35,866) 677,192 947,177 372,736 56,087 2,053,192 1,238,697 190,676 1,429,373 3,482,565 6,330 3,488,895 (41,589) $ 3,276,358 $ 3,447,306 The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2021: 30-89 Days Past Due Non- Accrual 90 Days or More Delinquent and Still Accruing Interest Total Past Due Current and Not Accruing Interest Total Loans Receivable Current (In thousands) Commercial and industrial $ — $ 8,313 $ — $ 8,313 $ — $ 721,072 $ 729,385 Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Total commercial portfolio Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio 13,537 21,599 26,482 61,618 4,811 1,590 6,401 2,907 4,054 — 15,274 12,525 420 12,945 $ 68,019 $ 28,219 $ — — — 16,444 25,653 26,482 76,892 17,336 2,010 19,346 — — — — — $ 96,238 $ — — — 805,357 821,801 343,776 369,429 5,057 31,539 1,875,262 1,046,346 289,808 1,336,154 — 1,952,154 — 1,063,682 — 291,818 1,355,500 — — $ 3,211,416 $ 3,307,654 101 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2020: 90 Days or More Delinquent and Still Accruing Interest 30-89 Days Past Due Non- Accrual Current and Not Accruing Interest Total Past Due Total Loans Receivable Current (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Total commercial portfolio Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total retail portfolio $ — $ 12,444 $ 1,404 $ 13,848 $ 3,590 10,574 9,974 24,138 19,526 1,015 20,541 9,575 3,433 11,184 36,636 23,280 632 23,912 — — — 1,404 — — — 13,165 14,007 21,158 62,178 42,806 1,647 44,453 — $ 663,344 $ 677,192 947,177 — 934,012 — 358,729 372,736 — — 376 34,929 56,087 1,991,014 1,195,515 2,053,192 1,238,697 — 189,029 190,676 376 1,384,544 1,429,373 $ 44,679 $ 60,548 $ 1,404 $ 106,631 $ 376 $ 3,375,558 $ 3,482,565 For a loan modification to be considered a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") in accordance with ASC 310-40, both of the following conditions must be met: the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, and the creditor has granted a concession (except for an “insignificant delay in payment”, defined as six months or less). Loans modified as TDRs are placed on non- accrual status until the Company determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six months. The Company’s TDRs primarily involve rate reductions, forbearance of arrears or extension of maturity. TDRs are included in total impaired loans as of the respective date. On March 22, 2020, federal banking regulators issued an interagency statement that included guidance on their approach for the accounting of loan modifications in light of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The guidance interpreted then- current accounting standards and indicated that a lender could conclude that a borrower was not experiencing financial difficulty if short-term modifications were made in response to COVID-19, such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that were insignificant related to the loans in which the borrower is less than 30 days past due on its contractual payments at the time a modification program was implemented. The agencies confirmed in working with the staff of the FASB that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief were not TDRs. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security ("CARES") Act was enacted to help the nation’s economy recover from the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act provided $2.2 trillion of economy-wide financial stimulus in the form of financial aid to individuals, businesses, nonprofit entities, states, and municipalities. Under Section 4022 of the CARES Act, a borrower with a federally backed mortgage loan that was experiencing a financial hardship due to COVID-19 could request a forbearance (i.e., payment deferral), regardless of delinquency status, for up to 180 days, which could be extended for an additional 180 days at the borrower’s request. Before this relief was set to expire on December 31, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law, which extended the relief granted under the CARES act to the earlier of January 1, 2022 or 60 days after the national emergency is terminated. During this relief period, no fees, penalties, or interest beyond those scheduled or calculated as if the borrower had made all contractual payments on time and in full could accrue. In addition, Section 4013 of the CARES Act provided temporary relief from the accounting and reporting requirements for TDRs regarding certain loan modifications related to COVID-19. Specifically, the CARES Act provided that a financial institution could elect to suspend the requirements under GAAP for certain loan modifications that would otherwise be categorized as a TDR. Modifications that qualify for this exception included a forbearance arrangement, an interest rate modification, a repayment plan, or any other similar arrangement that deferred or delayed the payment of principal or interest, that occurred for a loan that was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. In accordance with interagency guidance and the CARES Act, which in pertinent part expired 102 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 on January 1, 2022, short term deferrals granted due to the COVID-19 pandemic were not considered TDRs unless the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty prior to the pandemic. The following table presents information regarding the Company’s TDRs as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Commercial real estate December 31, 2021 Non- Accrual Accruing Total Accruing December 31, 2020 Non- Accrual Total $ 4,052 $ — 8,313 $ 12,365 3,166 3,166 $ 1,648 $ 12,116 $ 13,764 3,433 3,433 — Construction and land development Residential real estate lending 7,476 13,469 — 2,018 7,476 15,487 — 17,905 2,682 2,654 2,682 20,559 $ 24,997 $ 13,497 $ 38,494 $ 19,553 $ 20,885 $ 40,438 The financial effects of TDRs granted for the year ended December 31, 2021 are as: (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Construction and land development Weighted Average Interest Rate Number of Loans Recorded Investment Pre- Modification Post- Modification Charge-off Amount 1 $ 2 3 $ 2,536 7,477 10,013 6.50 % 4.30 % 4.86 % 4.00 % $ 4.30 % 4.22 % $ — — — The financial effects of TDRs granted for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as: (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Residential real estate lending Weighted Average Interest Rate Number of Loans Recorded Investment Pre- Modification Post- Modification Charge-off Amount 4 $ 3 7 $ 2,109 992 3,101 5.76 % 5.92 % 5.81 % 5.76 % $ 3.96 % $ 5.18 % $ — 18 18 The following tables summarize the Company’s loan portfolio by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2021: (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Residential real estate lending Consumer and other Total loans Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful $ $ 693,312 $ 721,869 295,261 24,063 1,050,865 291,398 3,076,768 $ 10,165 $ 48,804 13,947 — 292 — 73,208 $ 25,908 $ 51,128 60,221 7,476 12,525 420 157,678 $ — $ — — — — — — $ Total 729,385 821,801 369,429 31,539 1,063,682 291,818 3,307,654 The following tables summarize the Company’s loan portfolio by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2020: 103 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Commercial and industrial Multifamily Commercial real estate Construction and land development Residential real estate lending Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ 627,553 $ 16,407 $ 32,770 $ 462 $ 775,605 276,712 28,967 1,215,417 138,090 41,420 15,936 — 33,482 54,604 11,184 23,280 — — — — Consumer and other Total loans 190,044 3,114,298 $ $ — 211,853 $ 632 155,952 $ — 462 $ 677,192 947,177 372,736 56,087 1,238,697 190,676 3,482,565 The above classifications follow regulatory guidelines and can be generally described as follows: • • • • pass loans are of satisfactory quality; special mention loans have a potential weakness or risk that may result in the deterioration of future repayment; substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged (these loans have a well-defined weakness, and there is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss); and doubtful loans, based on existing circumstances, have weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable. In addition, residential loans are classified utilizing an inter-agency methodology that incorporates the extent of delinquency. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. The following table provides information regarding the methods used to evaluate the Company’s loans for impairment by portfolio, and the Company’s allowance by portfolio based upon the method of evaluating loan impairment as of December 31, 2021: (In thousands) Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Commercial and Industrial Multifamily Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development Residential Real Estate Lending Consumer and Other Total $ 12,785 $ 2,907 $ 4,054 $ 7,476 $ 25,994 $ — $ 53,216 716,600 818,894 365,375 24,063 1,037,688 291,818 3,254,438 Total loans $ 729,385 $ 821,801 $ 369,429 $ 31,539 $ 1,063,682 $ 291,818 $ 3,307,654 Allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for loan losses $ 4,350 $ — $ — $ — $ 755 $ — $ 5,105 6,302 4,760 7,273 405 8,253 3,768 30,761 $ 10,652 $ 4,760 $ 7,273 $ 405 $ 9,008 $ 3,768 $ 35,866 The following table provides information regarding the methods used to evaluate the Company’s loans for impairment by portfolio, and the Company’s allowance by portfolio based upon the method of evaluating loan impairment as of December 31, 2020: 104 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans Allowance for loan losses: Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance for loan losses Commercial and Industrial Multifamily Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development Residential Real Estate Lending Consumer and Other Total $ 14,706 $ 9,575 $ 3,433 $ 11,184 $ 41,579 $ — $ 80,477 662,486 937,602 $ 677,192 $ 947,177 $ 372,736 $ 369,303 1,197,118 3,402,088 44,903 56,087 $ 1,238,697 $ 190,676 $ 3,482,565 190,676 $ 3,118 $ 1,933 $ — $ — $ 1,187 $ — $ 6,238 5,947 8,391 6,213 2,077 11,143 1,580 35,351 $ 9,065 $ 10,324 $ 6,213 $ 2,077 $ 12,330 $ 1,580 $ 41,589 The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows: (In thousands) Industrial Multifamily Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development Residential Real Estate Lending Consumer and Other Total Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Ending Balance $ 9,065 $ 10,324 $ 6,213 $ 2,077 $ 12,330 $ 1,580 $ 41,589 2,179 (1,483) 1,374 (1,675) (5,409) 4,727 (287) (813) (4,081) (314) 221 — — — 3 (1,081) (2,699) (8,988) 3,168 160 3,552 $ 10,652 $ 4,760 $ 7,273 $ 405 $ 9,008 $ 3,768 $ 35,866 The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows: (In thousands) Industrial Multifamily Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development Residential Real Estate Lending Consumer and Other Total Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Ending Balance $ 11,126 $ 5,210 $ 2,492 $ 808 $ 14,149 $ 62 $ 33,847 9,175 5,114 7,508 2,238 (2,302) 3,058 24,791 (11,293) 57 — — (3,787) (970) (492) (1,691) (18,233) — 1 975 151 1,184 $ 9,065 $ 10,324 $ 6,213 $ 2,077 $ 12,330 $ 1,580 $ 41,589 The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows: 105 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Industrial Multifamily Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development Residential Real Estate Lending Consumer and Other Total Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Ending Balance $ 16,046 $ 4,736 $ 2,573 $ 1,089 $ 11,987 $ 764 $ 37,195 2,620 (9,236) 1,696 474 — — (81) (281) 1,251 (146) 3,837 — — — — (683) (710) (10,629) 1,594 154 3,444 $ 11,126 0 $ 5,210 0 $ 2,492 0 $ 808 0 $ 14,149 0 $ 62 $ 33,847 The following is additional information regarding the Company’s individually impaired loans and the allowance related to such loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020: (In thousands) Loans without a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Construction and land development Commercial real estate Loans with a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Multifamily Commercial and industrial Total individually impaired loans: Residential real estate lending Multifamily Construction and land development Commercial real estate Commercial and industrial December 31, 2021 Average Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Recorded Investment Related Allowance $ 10,507 $ 7,476 4,054 22,037 15,487 2,907 12,785 31,179 25,994 2,907 7,476 4,054 12,785 15,666 $ 9,330 3,744 28,740 11,896 $ 7,476 4,953 24,325 18,120 6,241 13,746 38,107 33,786 6,241 9,330 3,744 13,746 19,306 8,024 13,207 40,537 31,202 8,024 7,476 4,953 13,207 $ 53,216 $ 66,847 $ 64,862 $ — — — — 755 — 4,350 5,105 755 — — — 4,350 5,105 106 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Loans without a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Construction and land development Commercial real estate Loans with a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Multifamily Commercial and industrial Total individually impaired loans: Residential real estate lending Multifamily Construction and land development Commercial real estate Commercial and industrial (In thousands) Loans without a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Construction and land development Commercial real estate Loans with a related allowance: Residential real estate lending Commercial and industrial Total individually impaired loans: Residential real estate lending Construction and land development Commercial real estate Commercial and industrial December 31, 2020 Average Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Recorded Investment Related Allowance $ 20,824 $ 11,184 3,433 35,441 12,660 $ 7,418 6,120 26,198 20,898 $ 12,204 4,023 37,125 20,755 9,575 14,706 45,036 41,579 9,575 11,184 3,433 14,706 22,151 4,788 19,788 46,727 34,811 4,788 7,418 6,120 19,788 24,680 9,589 27,210 61,479 45,578 9,589 12,204 4,023 27,210 $ 80,477 $ 72,925 $ 98,604 $ — — — — 1,187 1,933 3,118 6,238 1,187 1,933 — — 3,118 6,238 Recorded Investment December 31, 2019 Average Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance $ 4,496 $ 4,397 $ 4,558 $ 3,652 8,807 16,955 23,547 24,870 48,417 28,043 3,652 8,807 24,870 65,372 $ 3,652 11,921 19,970 25,206 18,512 43,718 29,603 3,652 11,921 18,512 63,688 $ 3,702 9,137 17,397 27,288 29,534 56,822 31,846 3,702 9,137 29,534 74,219 $ $ — — — — 1,325 6,144 7,469 1,325 — — 6,144 7,469 As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion respectively, are pledged to the FHLB to secure outstanding advances and letters of credit. There were $533,000 in related party loans outstanding as of December 31, 2021 compared to no related party loans as of December 31, 2020. 107 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are summarized as follows: December 31, 2021 2020 (In thousands) Buildings, premises and improvements $ 29,935 $ Furniture, fixtures and equipment Projects in process Accumulated depreciation and amortization 7,020 — 36,955 (25,220) $ 11,735 $ 33,280 5,856 550 39,686 (26,709) 12,977 Depreciation and amortization expense charged to operations amounted to approximately $3.6 million, $6.2 million, and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank completed closures of eight branch offices, resulting in $2.3 million in accelerated depreciation recorded on the "occupancy and depreciation" expense line item on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 108 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 7. DEPOSITS Deposits are summarized as follows: (In thousands) Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts NOW accounts Money market deposit accounts Savings accounts Time deposits December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Amount Weighted Average Rate Amount Weighted Average Rate $ 3,335,005 0.00 % $ 2,603,274 210,844 2,227,953 375,301 207,152 6,356,255 $ 0.08 % 0.12 % 0.11 % 0.32 % 0.06 % $ 205,653 1,914,391 343,368 272,025 5,338,711 0.00 % 0.06 % 0.13 % 0.12 % 0.86 % 0.10 % Scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2021 are as follows: (In thousands) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 $ 182,654 12,268 6,516 3,933 1,781 $ 207,152 Time deposits of $250,000 or more totaled $43.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and $31.2 million as of December 31, 2020. From time to time the Company will issue time deposits through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) for the purpose of providing FDIC insurance to bank customers with balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits. CDARS deposits totaled approximately $56.0 million and $123.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are included in Time deposits above. Our total deposits included deposits from Workers United and its related entities in the amounts of $99.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and $95.8 million as of December 31, 2020. Included in total deposits are state and municipal deposits totaling $65.5 million and $15.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Such deposits are secured by letters of credit issued by the FHLB or by securities pledged with the FHLB. 109 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 8. BORROWED FUNDS On November 8, 2021, the Company completed a public offering of $85.0 million of aggregated principal amount of 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate subordinated notes due 2031 (the "Notes"). The fixed rate period is defined from and including November 8, 2021 to, but excluding, November 15, 2026, or the date of earlier redemption. The floating rate period is defined from and including November 15, 2026 to, but excluding, November 15, 2031, or the date of earlier redemption. The floating rate per annum is equal to three-month term SOFR (the "benchmark rate") plus a spread of 230 basis points for each quarterly interest period during the floating rate period, provided however, that if the benchmark rate is less than zero, the benchmark rate shall be deemed to be zero. The subordinated notes will mature on November 15, 2031. The Company may, at its option, beginning with the interest payment date of November 15, 2026, and on any interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, from time to time, subject to obtaining prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board") to the extent such approval is then required under the capital adequacy rules of the Federal Reserve Board, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. There were no borrowed funds as of December 31, 2021. FHLB advances are collateralized by the FHLB stock owned by the Company plus a pledge of other eligible assets comprised of securities and mortgage loans. Assets are pledged to collateral capacity. As of December 31, 2021, the value of the other eligible assets had an estimated market value net of haircut totaling $1.6 billion (comprised of securities of $723.3 million and mortgage loans of $888.2 million). The fair value of assets pledged to the FHLB is required to be not less than 110% of the outstanding advances. 110 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 9. REGULATORY CAPITAL The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for the Bank, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total, tier 1, and common equity tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets, and of tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to average assets. Management believes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements. As of December 31, 2021, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, common equity tier 1 risk-based, tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category. The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table: (In thousands) December 31, 2021 Actual Amount Ratio For Capital Adequacy Purposes (1) Amount Ratio 656,719 Total capital to risk weighted assets 534,381 Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets 534,381 Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets 534,381 15.95 % 329,471 12.98 % 247,103 7.62 % 280,454 12.98 % 185,327 8.00 % 6.00 % 4.00 % 4.50 % (1) Amounts are shown exclusive of the applicable capital conservation buffer of 2.50%. The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table: (In thousands) December 31, 2021 Actual Amount Ratio For Capital Adequacy Purposes (1) Amount Ratio To Be Considered Well capitalized Amount Ratio $ 613,030 Total capital to risk weighted assets 575,692 Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets 575,692 Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets 575,692 14.89 % $ 329,376 13.98 % 247,032 8.21 % 164,688 13.98 % 185,274 8.00 % $ 411,720 6.00 % 329,376 4.00 % 205,860 4.50 % 267,618 10.00 % 8.00 % 5.00 % 6.50 % December 31, 2020 Total capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets $ 534,684 491,913 491,913 491,913 14.25 % $ 300,199 13.11 % 225,149 7.97 % 246,904 13.11 % 168,862 8.00 % $ 375,249 6.00 % 300,199 4.00 % 308,630 4.50 % 243,912 10.00 % 8.00 % 5.00 % 6.50 % (1) Amounts are shown exclusive of the applicable capital conservation buffer of 2.50%. 111 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 10. INCOME TAXES The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are as follows: (In thousands) Current: Federal State and local Deferred: Federal State and local Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 9,349 $ 15,010 $ 1,389 10,738 4,409 2,641 7,050 1,152 16,162 (3,497) 3,090 (407) 10,656 1,287 11,943 1,880 3,149 5,029 Total income tax provision $ 17,788 $ 15,755 $ 16,972 A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to the Company’s actual income tax benefit and effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 and is as follows: (In thousands) Amount % Amount % Amount % 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 Tax expense at federal income tax rate $ 14,852 21.00 % $ 13,008 21.00 % $ 13,476 21.00 % Increase (decrease) resulting from: Tax exempt income Change in DTA rate (317) (199) -0.45 % -0.28 % (862) 333 -1.39 % 0.54 % (423) (186) State tax, net of federal benefit 3,184 4.50 % 3,551 5.73 % 4,030 Stock options windfall (94) -0.13 % (3) -0.01 % (68) Other Total 362 0.51 % (272) -0.44 % 143 $ 17,788 25.15 % $ 15,755 25.43 % $ 16,972 -0.66 % -0.29 % 6.28 % -0.11 % 0.23 % 26.45 % As of December 31, 2021 the Company had remaining federal, state and local NOL carryforwards of approximately $2.6 million, $61.0 million and $39.9 million, respectively, which are available to offset future federal, state and local income and which expire over varying periods from 2028 through 2037. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and for income tax return purposes. These assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in effect and are reported net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows: 112 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Deferred tax assets: Excess tax basis over carrying value of assets: Allowance for loan losses Nonaccrual interest income Postretirement and other employee benefits Depreciation and amortization Operating leases Federal, state and local net operating loss carryforward Other, net Gross deferred tax asset Deferred tax liabilities: Available for sale securities carried at fair value for financial statement purposes Purchase accounting adjustments, net Operating leases Net deferred loan fees Gross deferred tax liabilities December 31, 2021 2020 $ 16,300 $ 389 242 1,123 13,250 7,285 3,258 41,847 16,644 689 436 1,657 14,515 9,270 2,723 45,934 (2,850) (874) (10,142) (1,262) (7,221) (966) (9,855) — (15,128) (18,042) Deferred tax asset, net $ 26,719 $ 27,892 As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s deferred tax assets were valued without an allowance as management concluded that it is more likely than not that the entire amount may be realized. ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. Management reassesses the need for a valuation allowance on an annual basis, or more frequently if warranted. If it is later determined that a valuation allowance is required, it generally will be an expense to the income tax provision in the period such determination is made. The Company has no uncertain tax positions. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to Federal, New York State, California, Colorado, District of Columbia, Florida, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Minnesota, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Virginia and New York City income taxes. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination; with a tax examination presumably to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. As of December 31, 2021, the Company is generally subject to possible examination by federal, state, and local taxing authorities for 2018 and subsequent tax years. Income tax receivable, which is included in other assets, totaled $20.8 million and $23.1 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 113 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 11. EARNINGS PER SHARE Under the two-class method, earnings available to common stockholders for the period are allocated between common stockholders and participating securities according to participation rights in undistributed earnings. Our time-based and performance-based restricted stock units are not considered participating securities as they do not receive dividend distributions until satisfaction of the related vesting requirements. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had 368,000 and 79,000 anti-dilutive shares, respectively. Following is a table setting forth the factors used in the earnings per share computation follow: Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 (In thousands, except per share amounts) Net income attributable to Amalgamated Financial Corp. $ 52,937 $ 46,188 $ 47,202 Dividends paid on preferred stock Income attributable to common stock (22) (22) (22) $ 52,915 $ 46,166 $ 47,180 Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic 31,104 31,133 31,733 Basic earnings per common share $ 1.70 $ 1.48 $ 1.49 Income attributable to common stock $ 52,915 $ 46,166 $ 47,180 Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic Incremental shares from assumed conversion of options and RSUs Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted 31,104 408 31,512 31,133 96 31,229 31,733 472 32,205 Diluted earnings per common share $ 1.68 $ 1.48 $ 1.47 114 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company offers various pension and retirement benefit plans, as well as a long-term incentive plan to eligible employees and directors. Significant benefit plans are described as follows: Pension Plan The Company participates in a multi-employer non-contributory pension plan which covers substantially all full-time employees, both unionized and non-unionized. Employees generally qualify for participation in the plan on the first January 1st or July 1st after attaining age 21 and completing 1,000 Hours of Service in a 12 consecutive month period. The collective bargaining agreement covering the unionized employees was last renewed in March 2020. Under the terms of this plan, participants vest 100% upon completion of five years of service, as defined in the plan document. Plan assets are invested in the Consolidated Retirement Fund (CRF). The Employer Identification Number of the CRF is 133177000 and the Plan Number is 001. As a multi-employer plan, the Administrator of the CRF does not make separate actuarial valuations with respect to each employer, nor are plan assets so segregated. The benefits provided by the CRF are being funded by the Company and other participating employers through contributions to the Administrator, which are necessary to maintain the CRF on a sound actuarial basis. Contributions are calculated based on a percentage of participants’ qualifying base salary, which percentage is determined from time to time by the CRF Board of Trustees. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) ranks the funded status of multi-employer plans depending upon a plan’s current and projected funding. A plan is in the Red Zone (Critical Status) if it has a current funded percentage (as defined) of less than 65%. A plan is in the Yellow Zone (Endangered Status) if it has a current funded percentage of less than 80%, or projects a credit balance deficit within seven years. A plan is in the Green Zone if it has a current funded percentage greater than 80% and does not have a projected credit balance deficit within seven years. For the 2021 and 2020 plan years, pursuant to the PPA, the CRF was certified to be in the Green Zone (i.e. neither Critical Status nor Endangered Status). The following table summarizes certain information regarding contributions made by the Company to the CRF: (In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 2019 $ Contributions Company contributions greater than 5% of total contributions received by the CRF? 6,193 6,278 6,254 Yes Yes Yes The amounts of contributions presented in the preceding table represent expense recorded by the Company during the respective periods. Retirement Benefit Plans The Company offers a post-retirement health and life insurance plan and provides other non-qualifying supplemental retirement plan benefits to certain existing and former directors and employees. The Company’s policy is to fund the cost of health and life benefits in amounts determined in accordance with the plan provisions. The other retirement benefit plans generally contain vesting provisions and service requirements. These plans are unfunded and represent a general obligation of the Company. 115 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following table summarizes the plans’ benefit obligation, the changes in the plans’ benefit obligation, changes in plan assets and the plan’s funded status: (In thousands) Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ Service cost Interest cost Amendments Actuarial loss (gain) Benefits paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Employer contributions Benefits paid Plan assets at end of year Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 4,094 $ — 58 — (16) (478) 3,658 478 (478) — 4,527 — 118 — (71) (480) 4,094 480 (480) — Benefit obligation, included in other liabilities $ 3,658 $ 4,094 The following table presents before tax effected amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31: (In thousands) Net actuarial loss Prior service credit Total amount recognized 2021 2020 2019 $ $ 3,235 $ 3,200 $ (320) (349) 2,915 $ 2,851 $ 3,591 (378) 3,213 116 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income: (In thousands) Components of net periodic benefit cost: Service cost Interest cost Prior service credit amortization Prior service credit due to curtailments Recognized actuarial (gain) loss Net periodic benefit Components of other amounts: Net regular actuarial (gain) loss Recognized actuarial gain (loss) Prior service credit amortization Prior service credit due to curtailments Prior service credit due to amendment Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in comprehensive income 2021 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ $ — $ 58 (29) — 400 429 $ (16) $ (400) 29 450 — 63 $ 492 $ — $ 118 (29) — 320 409 $ 379 $ (320) 29 (450) — (362) $ 47 $ — 165 (29) — 219 355 373 (219) 29 — — 183 538 The following table summarizes certain weighted average assumptions used to measure the plans’ obligation at the end of the year as well as net periodic benefit expense during the year: Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations: Discount rate Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost: Discount rate 2021 2020 2019 2.07 % 1.50 % 2.77 % 1.66 % 3.13 % 3.92 % The net actuarial loss and prior service credit that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into net periodic (benefit) expense during the year ended December 31, 2021 is $0.4 million. Future estimated benefit payments are expected to be approximately $0.3 million per annum during the period 2022 through 2031. 401(k) Plans The Company also offers 2 retirement savings plans which are qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan). Substantially all employees are eligible to participate, and participants can contribute up to 15% of their salary subject to certain limitations. The Company does not make contributions to the 401(k) Plan and as such does not incur any direct compensation expense related to the 401(k) Plan. Long Term Incentive Plans Stock Options: The Company has granted stock options in previous years to employees and directors. As of January 1, 2021, all options have vested and are exercisable at the option of the vested holders until the termination of each tranche after 10 years from the grant date or earlier if the employee or director has changed their employment status. The Company does not currently have an active stock option plan that is available for issuing new options. A summary of the status of the Company’s options as of December 31, 2021 follows: 117 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 Number of Options 1,978,560 $ — (182,180) (1,094,480) 701,900 Weighted Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term Intrinsic Value (in thousands) 13.03 — 12.69 12.92 13.29 13.29 4.2 years — — — 4.1 years 4.1 years $ $ 2,441 2,441 Outstanding, December 31, 2020 Granted Forfeited/ Expired Exercised Outstanding, December 31, 2021 Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2021 701,900 $ The range of exercise prices is $11.00 to $14.65 per share. There were no options compensation costs to employees and directors for the year ended December 31, 2021 as all options had been fully expensed as of December 31, 2020. Total options compensation costs for the years ended 2020 and 2019 was $0.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and is recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of all awards outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $2.9 million and $8.4 million, respectively. No cash was received for options exercised in 2021. Restricted Stock Units: The Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) provides for the grant of stock-based incentive awards to employees and directors of the Company. The number of shares of common stock of the Company available for stock- based awards in the Equity Plan is 1,250,000 of which 601,049 shares were available for issuance as of December 31, 2021. RSUs represent an obligation to deliver shares to an employee or director at a future date if certain vesting conditions are met. RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting schedule, the satisfaction of performance conditions, or the satisfaction of market conditions, and are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. RSUs do not provide dividend equivalent rights from the date of grant and do not provide voting rights. RSUs accrue dividends based on dividends paid on common shares, but those dividends are paid in cash upon satisfaction of the specified vesting requirements on the underlying RSU. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted 260,355 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees under the Equity Plan and reserved 283,859 shares for issuance upon vesting assuming the Company’s employees achieve the maximum share payout. Of the 260,355 RSUs granted to employees, 213,348 RSUs time-vest ratably over three years and were granted at a fair value of $15.81 per share and 47,007 RSUs were performance-based and are more fully described below: • • The Company granted 23,464 performance-based RSUs at a fair value of $15.81 per share which vest subject to the achievement of the Company’s corporate goal for the three-year period from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2023. The corporate goal is based on the Company achieving a target increase in Tangible Book Value, adjusted for certain factors. The minimum and maximum awards that are achievable are 0 and 35,196 shares, respectively. The Company granted 23,543 market-based RSUs at a fair value of $14.95 per share which vest subject to the Company’s relative total shareholder return compared to a group of peer banks over a three-year period from February 3, 2021 to February 2, 2024. The minimum and maximum awards that are achievable are 0 and 35,315 shares, respectively. 118 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 A summary of the status of the Company’s employee RSUs as of December 31, 2021 follows: Unvested, December 31, 2020 Awarded Forfeited Vested Unvested, December 31, 2021 Shares Grant Date Fair Value 290,637 $ 260,355 (70,080) (81,005) 399,907 $ 15.99 15.81 12.93 15.46 16.52 Of the 399,907 unvested RSUs on December 31, 2021, the minimum units that will vest, solely due to a service test, are 298,341. The maximum units that will vest, assuming the highest payout on performance and market-based units, are 480,111. Compensation expense attributable to the employee RSUs was $1.8 million and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there was $3.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the non-vested RSUs granted to employees. This expense may increase or decrease depending on the expected number of performance-based shares to be issued. This expense is expected to be recognized over 2.1 years. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted 28,710 RSUs to directors under the Equity Plan that vest after one year. The Company recorded an expense of $0.3 million and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there was no unrecognized cost related to the non-vested RSUs granted to directors. 119 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assumptions are developed based on prioritizing information within a fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data. A description of the disclosure hierarchy and the types of financial instruments recorded at fair value that management believes would generally qualify for each category are as follows: Level 1 - Valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Accordingly, valuation of these assets and liabilities does not entail a significant degree of judgment. Examples include most U.S. Government securities and exchange-traded equity securities. Level 2 - Valuations are based on either quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or significant inputs to the methodology that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Financial instruments in this level would generally include mortgage-related securities and other debt issued by GSEs, non-GSE mortgage-related securities, corporate debt, certain redeemable fund investments and certain trust preferred securities. Level 3 - Valuations are based on inputs to the methodology that are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets and liabilities. The following summarizes those financial instruments measured at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition categorized by the relevant class of investment and level of the fair value hierarchy: (In thousands) Available for sale securities: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates Other debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate Total assets carried at fair value December 31, 2021 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total $ — $ 3,967 $ — $ — — — — 200 — — — $ 200 $ 463,883 370,364 66,139 81,101 — 989,188 — — — — — — 14,147 124,421 2,113,210 $ — — — $ 3,967 463,883 370,364 66,139 81,101 200 989,188 14,147 124,421 2,113,410 120 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 (In thousands) Available for sale securities: Mortgage-related: GSE residential certificates GSE residential CMOs GSE commercial certificates & CMO Non-GSE residential certificates Non-GSE commercial certificates Other Debt: U.S. Treasury ABS Trust preferred Corporate Total assets carried at fair value December 31, 2020 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total $ — $ — — — — 13,299 $ 366,421 432,614 33,384 44,968 203 — — — $ 203 $ — 597,546 13,773 37,654 1,539,659 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — $ 13,299 366,421 432,614 33,384 44,968 203 597,546 13,773 37,654 1,539,862 During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1 and Level 2. There were no financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and categorized as Level 3 in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis: (In thousands) Fair Value Measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned (In thousands) Fair Value Measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned December 31, 2021 Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Estimated Fair Value 48,111 $ 307 48,418 $ — $ — — $ — $ 48,111 $ 48,111 — 335 335 — $ 48,446 $ 48,446 December 31, 2020 Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Estimated Fair Value 67,433 $ 307 $ 67,740 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 67,433 $ 303 $ 67,736 $ 67,433 303 67,736 $ $ $ $ $ A description of the methods, factors and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values for significant categories of financial instruments follows: • Securities – Investments in fixed income securities are generally valued based on evaluations provided by an independent pricing service. These evaluations represent an exit price or their opinion as to what a buyer would pay for a security, typically in an institutional round lot position, in a current sale. The pricing service utilizes evaluated pricing techniques that vary by asset class and incorporate available market information and, because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, applies available information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of available securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing. Model processes, such as option adjusted spread models, are used to value securities that have prepayment features. In those limited cases where pricing service evaluations are not available for a fixed income 121 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 security, management will typically value those instruments using observable market inputs in a discounted cash flow analysis. Held to maturity securities, with the exception of PACE securities which are categorized as Level 3, are generally categorized as Level 2. Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using the price we expect to receive for the loans based on commitments received from third party investors. Loans held on our balance sheet greater than 90 days are evaluated to determine if a valuation allowance is required to adjust for a decline in fair value below the carrying amount, and then subject to quarterly evaluation going forward. Loans held for sale are generally categorized as Level 3. Loans receivable – Loans are valued using a present value technique that incorporates management’s assumptions as to what a market participant would assume given the attributes of the loans. The observable U.S. Treasury yield curve is a significant input to the valuation. Assumptions, including prepayment speeds and credit spreads, are based on observable market data where possible or alternatively are based on terms currently offered on loans to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for loans considered impaired are based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral in the case of collateral dependent loans. The methods used to estimate the fair value of loans are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management has attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflect the Company’s loan portfolio and current market conditions, a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in active markets. Loans would generally be categorized as Level 3. Resell agreements – Resell agreements are carried at fair value, as these are short term agreements. All existing trades are done at the current rate for new trades, which historically has always been 1.25%, which is the same rate we bring in new trades, so there is no market value adjustment. The agreements are generally categorized as Level 3, as we have limited market information. Deposits – Deposits without a defined maturity date are valued at the amount payable on demand. Certificates of deposit, which are categorized as Level 2, are valued using a present value technique that incorporates current rates offered by the Company for certificates of comparable remaining maturity. Borrowed funds – FHLBNY advances and repurchase agreements are valued using a present value technique that incorporates current rates offered by the FHLBNY for advances of comparable remaining maturity. Bank issued subordinated debt is valued based on recent trades for similar issues and or values provided by firms that transact in our bonds. FHLBNY advances, repurchase agreements, and subordinated debt are categorized as Level 2. Other – The Company holds or issues other financial instruments for which management considers the carrying value to approximate fair value. Such items include cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable. Many of these items are short term in nature with minimal risk characteristics. • • • • • • For those financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition, but are measured at fair value for disclosure purposes, management follows the same fair value measurement principles and guidance as for instruments recorded at fair value. There are significant limitations in estimating the fair value of financial instruments for which an active market does not exist. Due to the degree of management judgment that is often required, such estimates tend to be subjective, sensitive to changes in assumptions and imprecise. Such estimates are made as of a point in time and are impacted by then-current observable market conditions; also such estimates do not give consideration to transaction costs or tax effects if estimated unrealized gains or losses were to become realized in the future. Because of inherent uncertainties of valuation, the estimated fair value may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the investment existed and the difference could be material. Lastly, consideration is not given to nonfinancial instruments, including various intangible assets, which could represent substantial value. Fair value estimates are not necessarily representative of the Company’s total enterprise value. 122 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 The following table summarizes the financial statement basis and estimated fair values for significant categories of financial instruments: (In thousands) Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans held for sale Loans receivable, net Resell agreements Accrued interest and dividends receivable Financial liabilities: Deposits payable on demand Time deposits Subordinated Debt Accrued interest payable (In thousands) Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans held for sale Loans receivable, net Resell agreements Accrued interest and dividends receivable Financial liabilities: Deposits payable on demand Time deposits Accrued interest payable December 31, 2021 Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Estimated Fair Value $ 330,485 $ 330,485 $ — $ — $ 330,485 2,113,410 843,569 3,279 3,276,358 229,018 28,820 6,149,103 207,152 83,831 569 200 2,113,210 — 2,113,410 — — — — — — — — — 216,377 — — — 28,820 633,327 3,279 849,704 3,279 3,291,377 3,291,377 229,018 — 229,018 28,820 6,149,103 207,369 85,000 569 — — — — 6,149,103 207,369 85,000 569 December 31, 2020 Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Estimated Fair Value $ 38,769 $ 38,769 $ — $ — $ 38,769 1,513,409 494,449 11,178 3,447,306 154,779 23,970 5,066,687 272,025 386 203 1,539,659 — 1,539,862 — — — — — — — — 76,519 — — — 23,970 425,906 11,178 502,425 11,178 3,566,742 3,566,742 154,779 — 154,779 23,970 5,066,687 272,451 386 — — — 5,066,687 272,451 386 123 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 14. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET RISK Credit Commitments The Company is party to various credit related financial instruments with off balance sheet risk. The Company, in the normal course of business, issues such financial instruments in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of the related periods: December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 (In thousands) Commitments to extend credit $ Standby letters of credit Total $ 927,428 $ 18,752 946,180 $ 455,541 17,910 473,451 Commitments to extend credit are contracts to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. These commitments have fixed expiration dates and other termination clauses and generally require the payment of nonrefundable fees. Since a portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contractual principal amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. These instruments represent ultimate exposure to credit risk only to the extent they are subsequently drawn upon by customers. Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The balance sheet carrying value of standby letters of credit approximates any nonrefundable fees received but not yet recorded as income. The Company considers this carrying value, which is not material, to approximate the estimated fair value of these financial instruments. The Company reserves for the credit risk inherent in off balance sheet credit commitments. This reserve, which is included in other liabilities, amounted to approximately $1.5 million as of December 31, 2021 and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2020. Other Commitments and Contingencies In the ordinary course of business, there are various legal proceedings pending against the Bank. Based on the opinion of counsel, management believes that the aggregate liabilities, if any, arising from such actions would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Bank. Investment Obligations The Company is party to agreements with Pace Funding Group LLC, which operates Home Run Financing, for the purchase of property assessed clean energy, or PACE, assessment securities until the end of 2022. These investments are to be held in the Company's held-to-maturity investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, we had purchased $314.1 million of PACE assessment securities from Pace Funding Group LLC and had a remaining commitment of $145.8 million. The PACE assessments have equal-lien priority with property taxes and generally rank senior to first lien mortgages. The Company anticipates these commitments will be funded by means of normal cash flows, will be funded by a reduction in cash and cash equivalents, or by pay-downs and maturities of loans and and other investments. 124 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 15. LEASES The Company as a lessee has operating leases primarily consisting of real estate arrangements where the Company operates its headquarters, branches and business production offices. All leases identified as in scope are accounted for as operating leases as of December 31, 2021. These leases are typically long-term leases and generally are not complicated arrangements or structures. Several of the leases contain renewal options at a rate comparable to the fair market value based on comparable analysis to similar properties in the Company’s geographies. Real estate operating leases are presented as a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a related operating lease liability on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The ROU asset represents the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term and the operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. The Company applied its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) as the discount rate to the remaining lease payments to derive a present value calculation for initial measurement of the operating lease liability. The IBR reflects the interest rate the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The following table summarizes our lease cost and other operating lease information: (In thousands) Operating lease cost Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of Operating leases liability Weighted average remaining lease term on operating leases (in years) Weighted average discount rate used for operating leases liability Note: Sublease income and variable income or expense considered immaterial Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ $ $ 8,219 10,193 4.7 3.25 % 15,256 12,358 5.7 3.27 % The following table presents the remaining commitments for operating lease payments for the next five years and thereafter, as well as a reconciliation to the discounted operating leases liability recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2021: (In thousands) As of December 31, 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total undiscounted operating lease payments Less: present value adjustment Total Operating leases liability 10,955 10,895 10,525 10,165 8,758 526 51,824 3,664 48,160 $ $ 125 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 16. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill In accordance with GAAP, the Company performs an annual test as of June 30 to identify potential impairment of goodwill, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment may exist. If the carrying amount of the Company, as a sole reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess up to the amount of the recorded goodwill. The Company performed its annual test based upon market data as of June 30, 2021 and estimates and assumptions that the Company believes most appropriate for the analysis. Based on the qualitative analysis performed in accordance with ASC 350, the Company determined it more likely than not that goodwill was not impaired as of June 30, 2021. Changes in certain assumptions used in the Company's assessment could result in significant differences in the results of the impairment test. Should market conditions or management’s assumptions change significantly in the future, an impairment to goodwill is possible. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the carrying amount of goodwill was $12.9 million. Intangible Assets The following table reflects the estimated amortization expense, comprised entirely by the Company’s core deposit intangible asset, for the next five years and thereafter: (In thousands) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total $ $ 1,047 888 730 574 419 493 4,151 Accumulated amortization of the core deposit intangible was $4.9 million as of December 31, 2021. 126 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 17. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES Tax Credit Investments The Company makes investments in unconsolidated entities that construct, own and operate solar generation facilities. An unrelated third party is the managing member and has control over the significant activities of the variable interest entities ("VIE"). The Company generates a return through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the projects, as well as operational distributions. The primary risk of loss is generally mitigated by policies requiring that the project qualify for the expected tax credits prior to the Company making its investment. Any loans to the VIE are secured. As of December 31, 2021, the Company's maximum exposure to loss is $54.5 million. December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 (In thousands) Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities Tax credit investments included in equity investments Loans and letters of credit commitments $ Funded portion of loans and letters of credit commitments 1,681 $ 52,813 15,512 6,735 11,097 11,097 The following table summarizes the tax benefits conveyed by the Company’s solar generation VIE investments: (In thousands) Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized $ 11,571 $ 23,993 Year Ended December 31, 2021 2020 127 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION Condensed financial information of Amalgamated Financial Corp. follows: CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET (in thousands) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Investment in banking subsidiary Other assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Subordinated Debt Accrued expense and other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ $ $ $ 42,886 605,074 12 647,972 83,831 399 563,742 647,972 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Year Ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands) Interest income Other income Interest expense Other expense Income before tax expense Income tax expense (benefit) Equity in undistributed subsidiary income Net income Comprehensive income $ $ $ — 11,800 399 148 11,253 — 41,684 52,937 41,170 128 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments: Equity in undistributed subsidiary income Change in other assets Change in other liabilities Net cash provided (used) by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Payments for investments in subsidiaries Net cash provided (used) by investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Dividends paid Repurchase of shares Proceeds of issuance of subordinated debt Net cash provided (used) by financing activities Year Ended December 31, 2021 $ 52,937 (41,684) (12) 399 11,640 (42,490) (42,490) (7,597) (2,498) 83,831 73,736 42,886 — 42,886 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Supplemental non-cash investing activities: $ Equity exchange for the outstanding common stock of Amalgamated Bank 541,093 129 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 19. SUBSEQUENT EVENT On February 25, 2022, the Company's Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company's common stock share repurchase authorization to an aggregate amount up to $40 million. The timing and exact amount of stock repurchase activity will be informed by economic and regulatory considerations as well as the Company's capital position, earnings outlook, and capital deployment priorities. 130 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Amalgamated Financial Corp. New York, New York Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Crowe LLP We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020. New York, New York March 11, 2022 131 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors Amalgamated Bank: Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Amalgamated Bank and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. We served as the Company’s auditor from 2012 to 2020. /s/ KPMG LLP New York, New York March 13, 2020 132 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), with the participation of other members of management, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluations, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective (at the reasonable assurance level) to ensure that the information required to be included in this report has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and to ensure that the information required to be included in this report was accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on such assessment our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to issue an attestation report with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Item 9B. Other Information. None. Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspection Not applicable. 133 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021 and in connection with our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference: • • “Proposal 1—“Election of Directors” under the subsections titled “Biographical Information for Each Nominee for Director” and “Biographical Information for Our Executive Officers Who are Not Directors”; and “Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsections titled “Family Relationships,” “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” “Nominations of Directors,” and “Audit Committee”. Item 11. Executive Compensation. The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021 and in connection with our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference: “Director and Executive Officer Compensation”; and “Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsections titled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” • • Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021 and in connection with our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference: • • “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”; and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021 and in connection with our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference: • • “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”; and “Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsections titled “Director Independence.” Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021 and in connection with our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” under the subsections titled “Audit and Related Fees” and “Pre-Approval Policy,” which sections are incorporated herein by reference. 134 Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. PART IV A list of financial statements filed herewith is contained in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” above of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein. The financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable or the information has been included in our consolidated financial statements. The exhibits required by this Item are contained in the Exhibit Index on page 136 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference. 135 Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit EXHIBIT INDEX 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 Certificate of Incorporation of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2021). Bylaws of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2021). Specimen stock certificate of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020). Investor Rights Agreement by and between Amalgamated Bank and the Workers United Related Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020). Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 11, 2012, by and among Amalgamated Bank and the Various Stockholders Party Thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020). See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Amended and Restated Organization Certificate and Bylaws of Amalgamated Financial Corp. defining rights of the holders of common stock of Amalgamated Financial Corp. The registrant agrees to provide the SEC, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; currently no issuance of debt of the registrant exceeds 10% of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Description of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020). Subordinated Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 8, 2021). First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, with respect to the 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes Due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 8, 2021). Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 25, 2017, between Amalgamated Bank and Keith Mestrich (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Addendum, dated May 17, 2019, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Keith Mestrich (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Amendment, dated April 23, 2020, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, as amended, between Amalgamated Bank and Keith Mestrich (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Change in Control Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Collective Bargaining Agreement with OPEIU, Local 153, AFL-CIO, dated March 9, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Independent Office Agreement with Local 32BJ SEIU (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* 136 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 Side Letter with the various Funds associated with The Yucaipa Companies, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020). Consolidated Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Amalgamated Bank Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Amalgamated Financial Corp. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2021).* Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to be made under the Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Form of Revised Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).* Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).* Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to be made under the Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).* Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).* Transition and Separation Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Keith Mestrich dated October 12, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Retention Bonus Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Andrew LaBenne dated December 22, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Severance Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Andrew LaBenne dated December 22, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Retention Bonus Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Sam Brown dated December 22, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Severance Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Sam Brown dated December 22, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* 137 10.24 10.25 10.26 10.27 10.28 10.29 16.1 21.1 23.1 23.2 24.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 101 104 Offer Letter with Sam Brown dated October 24, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Offer Letter with Andrew LaBenne dated January 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).* Form of Retention Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020). Employment Agreement dated May 10, 2021 by and among Amalgamated Financial Corp., Amalgamated Bank and Priscilla Sims Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2021).* Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to Chief Executive Officer to be made under the Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2021).* Temporary Relocation Agreement between Amalgamated Bank and Sean Searby.* Letter of KPMG LLP dated December 17, 2019 to the FDIC regarding statements included in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the FDIC December 17, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020). Subsidiaries of Amalgamated Financial Corp.** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Crowe LLP.** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP.** Power of Attorney (included on signature page)** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Section 1350 Certifications The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Amalgamated Financial Corp., formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The cover page of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in iXBRL (included with the Exhibit 101 attachments). * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. ** Filed herewith. 138 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES AMALGAMATED FINANCIAL CORP. March 11, 2022 By: /s/ Priscilla Sims Brown Priscilla Sims Brown President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Priscilla Sims Brown, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 139 Signature /s/ Lynne P. Fox Lynne P. Fox /s/ Priscilla Sims Brown Priscilla Sims Brown /s/ Donald E. Bouffard, Jr. Donald E. Bouffard, Jr. /s/ Maryann Bruce Maryann Bruce /s/ JoAnn Lilek JoAnn Lilek /s/ Robert C. Dinerstein Robert C. Dinerstein /s/ Mark A. Finser Mark A. Finser /s/ Darrell Jackson Darrell Jackson /s/ Patricia Diaz Dennis Patricia Diaz Dennis /s/ Julie Kelly Julie Kelly /s/ John McDonagh John McDonagh /s/ Robert G. Romasco Robert G. Romasco /s/ Edgar Romney, Sr. Edgar Romney, Sr. /s/ Stephen R. Sleigh Stephen R. Sleigh /s/ Jason Darby Jason Darby /s/ Frank DeMaria Frank DeMaria Title Date Director and Chair of the Board March 11, 2022 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 March 11, 2022 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) 140 Corporate Information Board of Directors Lynne P. Fox, Chair International President, Workers United Donald E. Bouffard, Jr. Former Partner, Crowe LLP Priscilla Sims Brown President & CEO Maryann Bruce Former President, Evergreen Investments Services, Inc. Patricia Diaz Dennis* Former Senior Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, AT&T (retired) Julie Kelly General Manager, New York-New Jersey Joint Board of Workers United Robert G. Romasco Former Senior Vice President, QVC, Inc. Robert C. Dinerstein* Chair, Veracity Worldwide Mark A. Finser Former Chair of the Boards of New Resource Bank and RSF Social Finance Darrell Jackson Former President and CEO, Seaway Bank and Trust Company JoAnn Lilek Former Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, financial services industry John McDonagh Former Managing Director, Global Special Credit Group, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. Edgar Romney, Sr. Secretary-Treasurer, Workers United Stephen R. Sleigh President, Sleigh Strategy, LLC *Director is not standing for re-election Senior Management Team Priscilla Sims Brown President & CEO Ivan Frishberg Senior Vice President Chief Sustainability Officer Sam Brown Executive Vice President Director of Commercial Banking Tye Graham Senior Vice President People & Culture Bruce Rucinski Executive Vice President Information Technology Kenneth Schmidt Executive Vice President Finance Nina Webster Senior Vice President Western Regional Director Sherry Williams Executive Vice President Chief Risk Officer Molly Culhane Senior Vice President Mid-Atlantic Regional Director Martin Murrell Senior Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer Sean Searby Executive Vice President Operations & Program Management Lance Zaremba Senior Vice President Interim Chief Credit Risk Officer Jason Darby Senior Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Peter Neiman Executive Vice President Chief Marketing Officer Deborah Silodor Executive Vice President General Counsel Frank DeMaria Senior Vice President Chief Accounting Officer Edgar Romney Senior Vice President Northeast Regional Director Mark Walsh Senior Vice President New England Regional Director Independent Auditors Crowe LLP New York, New York Legal Counsel Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP New York, New York Stock Exchange Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the ticker symbol “AMAL”. Notice of Annual Meeting The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Amalgamated Financial Corp. will be held on Wednesday April 27, 2022 at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Or contact: Investor Relations (800) 895-4172 shareholderrelations@ amalgamatedbank.com Stock Transfer Agent American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC Brooklyn, New York Investor Relations For further information about Amalgamated Financial Corp., please visit ir.amalgamatedbank.com Our mission is to be America’s socially responsible bank, empowering organizations and individuals to advance positive social change. FINANCIAL CORP. 275 Seventh Avenue New York, NY 10001 (212) 895-8988 | amalgamatedbank.com © 2022 Amalgamated Bank. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. Equal Opportunity Lender. © 2021 Amalgamated Bank. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. Equal Opportunity Lender.

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above